The Globetrotting Teacher

The Ultimate Cheat Sheet for Your First Trip to London

Are you planning your first trip to London?  

This global city is endlessly popular with travelers from all over the world. With its famous landmarks and iconic sights, the number of things to see and do in London can easily excite and overwhelm first-time visitors.

In this post, you’ll find a cheat sheet compiled over 3 separate visits to London packed with information about how to get to London from the airport, where to stay in London, how to get around once you arrive, and best of all,  mapped-out London itinerary planning tips .

Are you ready to make your first trip to London a success? 

How to Plan a Trip to London

Tower Bridge in London, UK

It can seem daunting to get started on your London trip plan. It’s a huge city with lots of iconic sights and experiences. In fact, I think it’s often underestimated by travelers who often write to tell me what a great time they had in London and that the city was such a surprise…in a good way!

So, as any good teacher will tell you, start with an outline. In this case, you want to break down each step you’ll need to do to plan a trip to London and then work on filling in all the details.

Start with deciding when you want to visit London and how many days you’ll stay. (I recommend at least 3-4 days.)

Once you know this, you can work on booking your London accommodations. (I recommend staying in a central-ish area within walking distance of a Tube station. Keep reading for more below) The further out you book your London hotel, the more available options you’ll have with competitive pricing.

ProTip: If you have flexibility, you might even look at London flights and hotels first to find the cheapest combination of dates and rates. In this way, you’re letting the deals decide when you travel versus looking for a deal on the dates you need/want to travel.

Once you’ve got the major logistics set, it’s time to work on your London itinerary. (I’ve got specific itinerary ideas below so keep reading!)

At this point in your planning a trip to London, you’ll want to make a list of the London sights and attractions that are your must sees and dos. Then, using the maps below (or Google Maps), start grouping them by area.

One really important thing to know as you plan your London trip is that the city is huge. The distances between places can be far, and with limited days, you don’t want to backtrack or plan activities on opposite ends of the city on the same day.

From here, figure out what can be booked ahead…and actually book it ahead! London is a popular destination. It’s normal for there to be lines at top sights and restaurants that are completely booked.

You can use sightseeing passes like The London Pass (my complete review) to pre-plan and save money. Or you can book individual tickets through a platform like Get Your Guide .

Once you know where you’re staying and what you’ll be doing each day, you can round out your London trip planning by looking at the Tube Map to orient yourself and decide how you’ll get from the airport to the city center. (More tips on this below!)

What to See and Do on Your First Trip to London

This London trip planner is set up in different sections to help you plan a trip to London from start to finish. The first part helps you get ideas about how to plan your days in London with landmarks, attractions, museums, markets, and activities in a logistically sensible way.

You want to maximize your time in London without backtracking or zigzagging around the city. These ideas can also help you piece together a complete day because not all of them require a full day.

You also note that I’ve included the Tube stops for individual attractions. This is to help you in case you visit these places outside of the order I’ve suggested in the Google Map for each itinerary idea.

After these itinerary ideas for planning your trip to London, you’ll find tips and helpful information so you can navigate the city confidently.

Are you ready to plan your trip to London?

London Itinerary Planning Idea #1 – History Buffs and Foodies

Tower of London – Tower Hill Tube Stop – Circle and District Lines

The  Tower of London  with its crown jewels is an absolute must with its thick, ominous walls, dark past, resident black ravens, and informative Beefeaters. The Tower and the nearby Tower Bridge sit stalwartly as a link to the past when Kings and Queens sent prisoners to “think” about their choices and to wait for the inevitable… execution.

The Tower of London was the inhospitable home to infamous gangsters, spies, Dukes, Bishops, Princes, and even Queens!

First Trip to London Tower of London as seen from the River Thames

Undoubtedly the most famous Queen of them all was the ill-fated Anne Boleyn. The Tower of London is where Henry the VIII’s executioner beheaded her on charges of adultery and conspiracy, however, Henry actually blamed her for not producing a male heir.

Today, visiting the Tower of London is like stepping back in time. The daily traditions involving this historic castle have continued for hundreds of years. The resident Beefeaters live at the Tower of London and maintain the rituals and routines of the past. But they also offer free tours (once inside) and comically share their vast Tower of London knowledge.

These tours begin every 30 minutes starting at 10:00 a.m. and finishing with the last tour at 2:30 p.m.

Pro Tip:  Arrive in the morning when the Tower first opens. It becomes quite crowded later in the day. Use your  London Pass  to get Fast Track Entry and bundled savings when compared to buying attraction tickets individually.

Tower Bridge & Borough Market – London Bridge Tube Stop – Northern and Jubilee Lines

After a morning at the Tower of London, time your escape for lunch at  Borough Market . It’ll be easiest to walk from the Tower of London. Walk across Tower Bridge instead of London Bridge as shown on the map above. The walk is a bit longer than crossing London Bridge, but historic Tower Bridge is a sight in its own right.

You can tour the Victorian-era engine rooms, as well as climb to the bridge’s upper walkways for gorgeous views over London and the River Thames. Get your Tower Bridge ticket in advance or use The London Pass to visit the bridge.

You can also cross the River Thames with a river bus using your Tube Oyster Card (more on these below) from Tower Pier to London Bridge City Pier.

Once at Borough Market, the market lanes are lined with food and grocers selling every imaginable food item. It’s a great place to sample a variety of foods from all types of global cuisines. Not to mention, no London trip is complete without taking advantage of the city’s amazing international food scene!

Borough Market London

From famous falafel to perfectly spiced Indian food, huge skillets of paella, and savory British pies from Pieminster, you’ll be thankful to visit with an empty stomach on your first trip to London and every time you return like I do!

Restaurants and cafes fill the upstairs level and the surrounding streets (in case you’d prefer to sit rather than sample and roam) making this Southwark neighborhood a foodie’s delight.

ProTip: From Borough Market, you’re just a 5-minute walk to The Shard , London’s tallest glass skyscraper to see the highest views over the city. If you have it, you can use your London Pass for access. Be sure to follow the pass instructions to pre-reserve a time.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #2 – Royalty and High Tea

Westminster Abbey – Westminster Tube Stop – Jubilee Line

Coming out of Westminster Station, you’ll immediately be in the shadow of Big Ben and London’s iconic Parliament Building. You can walk back onto the Westminster Bridge to capture fuller photos of these London landmarks. If you’re lucky, you just might get a classic shot with a red doubledecker bus!

Continue on to  Westminster Abbey , just a couple of minutes walking from Big Ben. Westminster Abbey is open to visitors Monday-Saturday from 9:30 a.m until 3:30 p.m. The Abbey is closed on Sundays so keep this in mind when planning your London trip.

Use your  London Pass  to gain access to Westminster. Once inside, admire the architecture and the Abbey’s gorgeous choir room. Westminster is also the final resting place of numerous kings, queens, and dignitaries. You can see the monuments in their honor, as well as learn about their place in history.

If you’re a fan of the Royals, you’ll be visiting the spot where Kate and William were married.

Pro Tip:  If you want to take a ride on the London Eye , it can be included with the stops you make in and around Big Ben because it’s just a short walk over the bridge you see in the photo below. Avoid the lines by choosing the fast-track ticket option. It’s also quite popular to depart from the Westminster Pier for a cruise along the River Thames to take in the sights of London from the water.

History buffs won’t want to miss the Churchill War Rooms. They’re not far from Westminster Abbey, along the edge of St. James’s Park. These rooms served as the secret headquarters for Churchill during WW2. The rooms have been preserved just as they were during the war and give a fascinating look at how Churchill operated and made decisions during this dark time in history.

If your trip to London is 3 days or less and it’s your first visit, this WW2 museum may not be a top priority. But if you or a travel companion is interested in visiting WW2 sights and museums in Europe, The Churchill War Rooms are a great way to divert from the typical first time in London sights.

Buckingham Palace-Green Park Tube Stop-Jubilee, Victoria, & Piccadilly Lines

Next, make your way to  Buckingham Palace  where the  Changing of the Guards  happens.

The ceremony is all pomp and fanfare. The King’s Guard outside the castle has been on watch for hours and the new guard comes to take over in grand style! A marching brigade of guards along with a mounted cavalry and a marching band head up The Mall and through the palace gates.

This ceremony draws a crowd so it’s best to arrive ahead of time so that you can get yourself in a position to see the fanfare. I’ve watched from both the gates of Buckingham Palace and the Queen Victoria Monument directly opposite the palace gates.

First Trip to London Changing of the Guard

You’ll have to choose the location you want because it’s typically too crowded to move from place to place. To get a spot along the fence at Buckingham Palace, be prepared to arrive up to an hour early and wait.

If this is the case, you also may need to reverse the order and visit Westminster Abbey after so that you can stake out your Changing of the Guard spot in the morning.

Pro Tip:  Check the  Changing of the Guard schedule  before you go to make sure the ceremony is planned for the day you intend to visit.

Hyde Park – Hyde Park Corner Tube Stop – Piccadilly Line

When the ceremony is finished, keep those royal juices flowing for a stroll around  Hyde Park . It’s one of the largest parks in London, as well as one of the Royal Parks. Enjoy its monuments, bridges, fountains, gardens, and lake, including the Princess Diana Memorial Fountain.

Finish up with a classic afternoon tea experience at  The Dorchester Hotel .

No doubt, it’s a luxurious splurge, but after having experienced life as a royal, it’s the perfect way to properly finish the experience. From finger sandwiches, scones with clotted cream, sweets, and of course, tea, you’ll have had a quintessential London outing.

First trip to London Afternoon Tea

Alternatively, if you plan afternoon tea for another day, you might want to visit London’s Natural History Museum or Kensington Palace on the other end of Hyde Park.

The latter has been a royal residence for hundreds of years and was where Princess Diana lived with Princes William and Harry. Today, you can tour the apartments and staterooms and see the sunken gardens where there is a statue of Princess Diana commemorating the 20th anniversary of her death.

While the Natural History Museum displays animal specimens, dinosaurs, and exhibitions about the history of the natural world and the people who evolved in it.

If you intend to walk into Hyde Park and casually make your way towards Kensington Palace or the Natural History Museum, the walk will be broken up by the time spent in the park.

Otherwise, if your aim is to get to either of these sights without a long walk, use the London underground. The Queensway stop along the Central line is the closest to Kensington Palace and the South Kensington stop along the Circle and District lines is near to the Natural History Museum.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #3 – Architecture, Theatre, & Art

St. Paul’s Cathedral – St. Paul’s Tube Stop – Central Line

Start off at  St. Paul’s Cathedral  to admire this Anglican Church’s architecture. You can explore the crypt or head in the opposite direction and climb the dome’s 528 steps for spectacular panoramic London views.

If you have it, entry is included with your London Pass .

Take your time crossing the pedestrian-only Millennium Bridge on your way to the Tate Modern and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre. This is a great spot to watch boat traffic along the River Thames.

First Trip to London Millenium Bridge with view of St. Paul's

Tate Modern & The Globe Theatre-Blackfriars Tube Stop-Circle & District Lines

These 2 London attractions are just next to one another.

The  Tate Modern  has a vast permanent collection of modern art by the likes of Henri Matisse and Jackson Pollock, as well as temporary exhibitions. There are beautiful views looking back on St. Paul’s Cathedral and the River Thames, as well.

It’s free to enter the museum and there’s no need to book ahead, unless there is a specific exhibit you’d like to see that requires a reserved space.

The nearby  Globe Theatre  is a replica of Shakespeare’s original which burned in a fire many years ago after the thatched roof was ignited during a production of Henry VIII.

For your first trip to London, you’ll want to use your  London Pass  to tour the theater during the day and hear about its historic past. The Globe also has evening performances during the spring, summer, and fall seasons. The ambiance of the open-air theater makes for a fantastic night out!

First Trip to London Shakespeares Globe Theatre

Pro Tip:  Check times to coordinate visits to both the Tate Modern and The Globe in a way that lets you see one after the other. The Globe performance tickets sell out so purchase them in advance, especially if you want to see a play on a specific date.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #4 – Artifacts, Landmarks, and Shopping

The British Museum – Tottenham Court Tube Stop – Central & Northern Lines

No trip to London is complete without a stop at The   British Museum . The art and artifacts on display are open free to the public beginning at 10:00 a.m. each day. Highlights include the Rosetta Stone, sculptures from the Parthenon, and a vast Egyptian collection including mummies.

It’s worth checking for any special, limited-time exhibits during your stay. If there’s one you’d like to see, it’s worth buying tickets online or at the museum when you first arrive.

London British Museum

After the museum, spend the afternoon strolling through  Covent Garden  or head over to  Soho  and  Oxford Street  for a shopper’s paradise. Covent Garden is in London’s West End, home to theaters, restaurants, and shops. You’re sure to find anything you’d want to buy from the numerous chain stores, boutiques, and markets.

Pro Tip:  There are many classic London pubs in these neighborhoods. If you haven’t had a plate of fish and chips yet, now’s the time. You can also join a historical pub walking tour to visit some of London’s most iconic pubs.

Fish and Chips London

Leicester Square – Leicester Square Tube Stop – Piccadilly & Northern Lines

Make your way to  Leicester Square  and the heart of London’s Theatre District. It’s super touristy here. Think Times Square-esque…a place where you take a few photos before moving on.

But if you plan to see a musical or a play later (and you certainly should!),  get your discounted tickets at the TKTS booth right in the square for performances that day or night.

There’s crossover between shows in London and New York’s Broadway district. Sometimes, you can even catch a performance in London before it heads to New York City.

Trafalgar Square – Charing Cross Tube Stop – Bakerloo & Northern Lines

Finish your walk at  Trafalgar Square . This iconic London crossroads has monuments, historic buildings, museums, and street performers. It’s an absolute beehive of activity and perfect for taking more classic London photos complete with red double-decker buses passing by on the streets in and around the square.

First Trip to London Trafalgar Square

With any luck, you’ll have time to check out the  National Gallery  right in Trafalgar Square which houses famous paintings by the likes of Vermeer, Monet, Rembrandt, Cezanne, and Leonardo Da Vinci.

Best of all, it’s free to visit, and you can use your  London Pass  Hop On Hop Off double-decker bus ticket to reposition yourself closer to your hotel when you’re done.

London Itinerary Planning Idea #5 – Harry Potter Fans

Harry Potter Studio Tour Meeting Point – Victoria Station – Circle, District & Victoria Lines

Are you traveling with a wannabe wizard dying for a Hogwarts adventure?

Plan a visit to the  Harry Potter and Warner Brothers Studio . Buses leave from Central London and travel to the magical sets of the famed movie and book series. The closest tube stop to the meeting point is Victoria Station. From there, it’s just a few minutes on foot.

You’ll have 4 hours to see places like the Great Hall, Dumbledore’s Office, Diagon Alley, and more! Plus, get to see some of the most famous props and the costumes worn by Harry, Ron, and Hermione.

If you’ve wanted to visit Platform 9 ¾, ride the Hogwarts Express, and attempt to ride a broomstick, then you definitely don’t want to miss escaping the world of Muggles for just a bit on your visit to London!

ProTip: If you want to sprinkle some Harry Potter into your London trip but don’t want to commit a full day to the experience, this Harry Potter Guided Walking Tour is a popular alternative.

Out-of-Town Must-Sees on your First Trip to London

From London, many parts of Britain and the U.K. are easily reachable by train. This makes it possible to visit a couple of popular sites with even just a half day’s worth of time.

Trains run from London to both  Windsor Castle  and  Hampton Court Palace . From their respective train stations, it’s just a few minutes on foot to reach the entry points.

The exquisite staterooms at Windsor Castle are open to the public when the King is not in residence. These rooms are some of the most spectacular castle rooms you’ll see anywhere in the world.

St. George’s Chapel, within the grounds of Windsor Castle, is the final resting spot of Henry VIII and several other Kings and Queens. It’s also where Meghan and Harry were married and the final resting place of Queen Elizabeth II.

First Trip to London Windsor Castle

Hampton Court Palace is full of Tudor history, as it was a regular stop for Henry VIII and his royal court. The palace creates a historical experience by revealing the inner workings of how the palace operated in its heyday. It’s undoubtedly one of the most interesting and well-preserved looks at Tudor history, as well as what life was like during this period.

Look out for King Henry VIII himself, as visitors can watch the King interact with Anne Boleyn or flirt with his soon-to-be next wife, Jane Seymour. Leave some time for the palace’s gardens and maze.

Pro Tip:  Windsor Castle and Hampton Court Palace are both included with the  London Pass . Get Fast Track Entry at Hampton Court to maximize your time and avoid any entry line.

If you have extra days in your itinerary, consider a London day trip to:

  • Windsor Castle, Stonehenge, and Bath
  • The Cotswolds
  • Highclere Castle (Downton Abbey) & the Filming Locations

If you’re planning a trip to England, rent a car and drive into the English countryside when your time in London is done. I’ve done this to spend time exploring places like Stratford-Upon-Avon , the Cotswolds villages , and Warwick Castle .

It’s a perfect way to add on to an England itinerary and explore more of what the country has to offer beyond London.

Best Area to Stay in London

Where to stay in London is one of the most frequently asked questions for anyone planning a trip. It’s understandable. You want to be somewhere conveniently located, safe, and within your travel budget.

London’s neighborhoods and districts each have their own unique charm and flavor. And while some might say you should absolutely stay in the heart of the most touristy areas of the city, I think the most important thing when choosing where to stay in London is to  stay somewhere with convenient access to the Tube. 

You shouldn’t be hesitant to book a hotel or rental accommodation that’s a few Tube stops away from popular attractions. You can truly get nearly anywhere in London very quickly by using the underground train system.

That being said, you don’t want to stay too far from the heart of London, either. The city is big and the Tube rides from London’s outer neighborhoods can take upwards of an hour back to the center.

Ideally, you want to find a London hotel that matches your travel budget, close to a Tube station, in a relatively center-ish location. Example neighborhoods include Seven Dials, Covent Garden, Westminster, Soho, and near Southwark along the south bank.

Below, I’ve shared a couple of hotels where I’ve stayed. They’re in different budget categories and neighborhoods, and they have convenient Tube access.

Interior of a hotel room the house-keeper of a class

I’ve had excellent hotel points and paid stays at several London hotels including the ones listed below.

Radisson Blu Edwardian Mercer Street Hotel  – The hotel is located in the Seven Dials neighborhood near Covent Garden, the West End’s Theatre district, pubs, and my favorite Indian restaurant, Dishoom. Rooms are a classic modern boutique style for which Radisson Blu hotels are known.

Holiday Inn Express London-Southwark  – Just a 10-minute walk to Borough Market, the Tate Modern, or the Globe Theatre, with a Tube station nearby. This hotel is on the south bank of the city not far from the Southwark Tube station.

London Rental Accommodations

During my travels, I’ve also opted for apartment and home rentals. You feel more like a local and oftentimes can save money because you’re able to prepare your own breakfast or share the overall cost with family members or friends. Not to mention, you can find truly unique places to stay with awesome views or even discover a new neighborhood!

London is the perfect destination to consider a rental accommodation over a hotel because hotels aren’t cheap(!) and London is well-connected with its underground trains.

My go-to place to search for rental accommodations is Plum Guide . They vet the properties on their site using “Home Critics” and only select the best properties in a variety of price brackets. Plum Guide even offers phone support 24/7 should you need any help or have questions.

How Many Days to Spend in London

As with most places, you can spend an extended period of time and still not see and do everything a fantastic city like London has to offer.

If it’s your first time in London, you likely will focus on the most popular attractions and experiences that interest you. For this, you’ll need 3-4 days to explore and make use of the London itinerary ideas in this guide.

With 4+ days in London, you can also use a day to visit a popular sight just outside of London or even  get off the beaten path .

London is a great city to explore. It’s also the perfect jumping-off point for future trips to Europe. It’s not complicated to add a couple of days in London as a stopover before continuing on to another destination in Europe.

Arrival into London

The  Heathrow Express  is a quick and efficient way to get into the city from London Heathrow Airport. The train leaves every 15 minutes and arrives in just about the same time to Paddington Station.

You can book your tickets online or using the Heathrow Express App. Not only will this save you any hassle at the airport, but you’ll also save money. Heathrow Express prices are lower the further you book in advance.

Gatwick Airport also has an  express train  which arrives at Victoria Station. Trains run every 15 minutes and take a half-hour to reach London.

Similarly, the express train from Gatwick offers considerable discounts for booking online and ahead of time.

First Trip to London Trains at Paddington Station

The airports also have commuter trains, buses, and taxis to get you into London. Except for the taxis, these options are less expensive than the express trains mentioned above but do take more time.

You can check prices and schedules for  Southern Railways  from Gatwick to compare.

In addition, from London Heathrow, you can take the Tube. Trains along the Picadilly and Elizabeth lines connect terminals 2, 3, 4, and 5. The ride takes between 45-50 minutes to reach central London but is less expensive than the Heathrow Express.

From Paddington and Victoria Stations in London, you’ll have access to the  London Tube  with lines spreading across the city, as well as a taxi queue at ground level. Most taxis take credit cards but be aware of the occasional cash-only sign in a taxi’s window.

Pro Tip:  My recommendation is to use an express train or the Tube (from/to Heathrow), for a quick and easy trip to London’s city center or even directly to your hotel. Avoid London traffic and expensive taxi rides.

If you’d prefer to arrange transportation and/or avoid taking the trains, consider booking a car with Welcome Pickups  to transfer to the city. Although I’ve only used the trains to get from Heathrow to London, I’ve used Welcome Pickups in several other European cities and always had a great experience.

This will be a much more affordable option compared to a London taxi. The price will be a flat rate, as opposed to paying based on the taxi’s metered fare which can get quite high with even the smallest amount of traffic

How to get around London

First Trip to London Tube Station near Big Ben

London is very pedestrian-friendly and you’re bound to do a good amount of walking during your London trip. Remember, cars are on the opposite side of the road compared to the U.S., so you need to LOOK RIGHT when crossing the road. When in doubt, just look both ways before crossing.

Along the Thames, the riverwalk is a clear path connected with several bridges to help you cross to the other side as frequently as you need.

In addition, London’s Tube (subway) is reliable, easy to navigate, and stretches across the city. The announcements are clear and the lines are identified with colors and names, like Central, District, and Piccadilly. Given how big London is, you’ll need to rely on public transportation to maximize the time you have rather than always walking long distances.

As with getting to London from the airport, taxis are expensive in London and get even pricier when traffic is heavy. It’s best to go underground to save time, money, and patience.

Visitors staying for a few days can get an Oyster Card for easy use and refills in the Tube. Your Oyster Card is good for your first trip to London and every return trip thereafter!

London Pass  purchases come with the option to add a visitor’s Oyster Card. I would skip this option because the card takes several weeks to be physically mailed to you. You can also save more money by simply using a regular Oyster Card or the Tube’s contactless payment system because it will cap how much you’ll pay each day automatically.

Use a contactless credit card to pay to enter the Tube, as well as a mobile device like a smartphone with Apple Pay, Google Pay, or Samsung Pay. Just be sure you’re using a card with no foreign transaction fees.

A few things to keep in mind when paying to access the Tube.

  • Use the same card or device when you touch in and out at the yellow card readers. The London Tube caps how much you’ll pay. So, you can ride as much as you want in a day or a week and you’ll never pay more than the capped price.
  • If you don’t use the same card or device, the Tube card readers won’t be able to accurately cap the amount you pay.
  • If you’re using a device like a smartphone, be sure you have enough battery power. You need to touch in and out of the Tube. You also need to use your phone all day otherwise the system can’t cap the amount you pay.
  • You can pay for another person if you are traveling together. (They will need to touch out of the Tube and can’t do it without your card or device.) You’ll need to pay for yourself with a separate card or device.

London Tips for Your First Trip

View of the River Thames in London across from the London Eye

As you plan things to do in London and where to stay in London, also take into consideration the tips below. They’ve come from 3 separate trips to London and a lot of travel experience overall.

The best time to visit London is during spring and fall.

Visiting London in the shoulder/winter season months, April-June and September-November, are the perfect combination of moderate to cool temperatures and fewer visitors. January to March can also be a good time to visit if you’re not bothered by colder temperatures and prefer to visit during the least busy time of year.

Summer can be very busy, making the next London travel tip even that much more important.

Book as many things as possible in advance.

Not only will things like the London Pass or advance fast-track tickets help you save time and money, but it’ll eliminate indecisiveness about what to do while you’re in London and who to trust when you eventually buy the tickets, tours, and passes you want.

Use a credit card with no foreign transaction fees.

London isn’t a budget destination. The last thing you want to add to the currency exchange are fees from your credit card once you get your bill back home.

Credit cards are widely accepted throughout London and also remove the necessity to convert and carry large amounts of dollars to British pounds.

ProTip: When paying by credit card or using your debit card to withdraw money at an ATM, always pay in the local currency (Pounds) and/or decline the currency conversion. This is a sneaky way to convert your money at a less-than-desirable rate.

Wear comfortable walking shoes.

I know this seems obvious but it truly can’t be understated. As someone who lives in New York City, I can always recognize a visitor who’s regretting his/her shoe choice.

These are the most comfortable shoes I’ve ever worn. I wear them walking around New York City and they’re a staple I pack for nearly every trip I take. You can walk miles without any irritation or blisters.

Check for service charges.

Tipping isn’t obligatory in London. In fact, service charges are often added to bills at restaurants and pubs. That being said, if you’re happy with your service, you always leave a small amount as a gesture of appreciation.

Pack the right electrical converters.

Most commonly, you’ll need a Type G converter to plug into the outlets throughout the U.K. I’ve encountered one place where this wasn’t the case. So, it’s smart to also have a universal adapter with USB ports, too.

London Trip Planner FAQs

How do i start planning a trip to london.

To plan a trip to London, first, decide how many days you’ll spend in the city. Then, book your hotel. You’ll find more options and competitive pricing the further in advance you book. After this, plan your London itinerary. Make a list of the sights and activities you want to see and do. Then, group them by area to logically plan what to do without backtracking. Be sure to book ahead as many things as possible to save time and to ensure you can visit places on the days that make sense for your London itinerary.

How many days should I plan for London?

As you plan a trip to London, you’ll need at least 3-4 days to comfortably see the city’s top sights and attractions. London is a very large city with an endless number of things to see and do. You can easily plan a trip to London for a week and have plenty to fill your itinerary.

What time of year is best to go to London?

The absolute best months for a perfect combination of weather and number of visitors is from April to June and September through November. January to March can also be a good time to visit London because fewer people are visiting during this time. Summers come with big crowds and long lines.

What is the best area to stay in London?

The best area to stay in London is in the heart of the city, especially if you’re visiting London for the first time, and within walking distance of a Tube station. These include neighborhoods like Seven Dials, Covent Garden, Westminster, Soho, and along the south bank near the Southwark area.

Where should I go on my first trip to London?

For your first London trip, plan to see the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, the British Museum, Covent Garden, Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Buckingham Palace, and the iconic view of Big Ben and Parliament from Westminster Bridge. You should also plan to have afternoon tea, eat at Borough Market, go to a play or musical, and glimpse London from above at the London Eye or the Shard.

First Trip to London – Bottom Line

You have chosen a fantastic city to visit, full of important landmarks, historic sights, good food, and fun experiences. With some advance planning, you’ll arrive in London prepared with your itinerary and know-how to navigate the city confidently for an unforgettable trip.

So, what questions do you have about your first trip to London or about planning a London itinerary?

Like this post? Please share it on social media using the share buttons below!

Planning a trip to London? This is a complete London Guide with itinerary ideas and tips, things to do in London, where to stay in London, how to get around and save money in London, as well as great day trips from London. Plus, get a FREE London Cheat Sheet to take with you on your trip! | #London #UK #Travel #Bucketlist #Europe #greatbritain #england #thingstodoinlondon #londonguide #londontrip #londonitinerary #europetravel #wheretostayinlondon #londondaytrips

Related Posts

Peyto Lake Icefields Parkway Canada

Why You Should Drive the Icefields Parkway + Trip Planning Tips

Moraine Lake Banff National Park

3 Reasons to Visit Banff National Park Immediately

76 thoughts on “the ultimate cheat sheet for your first trip to london”.

trip to london planner

I have been to London several times, but I found your guide and itineraries very helpful!

trip to london planner

I’m so glad, Chrysoula! Thanks for reading. 🙂

trip to london planner

Such a great guide! I’ve been to nearly 50 countries and still not the UK, so I’ll have to remember to come back to this article when I finally make it to London 🙂

Thanks, Tamara! 50 countries is quite an accomplishment! Awesome. Glad the guide will be useful when you make it to London. 🙂

trip to london planner

Somehow I wish I’ve read this post before my first trip to London. Then I wouldn’t have skipped many experiences listed here) Thank you for putting this up! I’ve pinned it as well (maybe I’ll visit London again, then I’ll need it for sure)

Thanks for reading and sharing on Pinterest, Natalia. 🙂 Here’s to hoping you make it back to London soon!

trip to london planner

Love the Pro Tops plus how you broke each day down into categories. What a great way to see London! I also like how you included things to see if it is your first time there. Going anywhere for the first time can be so overwhelming!

Especially in a big place like London, Bryanna. It’s nice to break it up and make the most of your time.

trip to london planner

You made me want to visit London again! Love the way you divided the itinerary with themes and suggestions for good food. London is such a huge city and planning a trip there for the first time can be overwhelming, you just make it so easy! Cheers,

Thanks, Natalie! Sometimes, it’s just easier to work on trip planning in small chunks. 😉

trip to london planner

I’ve been to London a few times, but I’ve never made it to the Windsor Castle or the Hampton Court Palace. There is just so much to do in the city and its surroundings, but you’ve highlighted the must-sees in a very comprehensive and informative post. I’d love to go back and take more advantage of the free museums, especially the National Gallery!

Next trip, Erika, take some time for Windsor Castle and/or Hampton Court Palace. They’re well worth your time. 🙂

trip to london planner

Wish I had your cheat-sheet on m first trip to London! You certainly covered all the hot spots and then some. I can’t wait to go back and hit the places I missed.

Thanks, Sue. A return trip to London is always a good idea. 🙂

trip to london planner

Loved your tips! I’ve pinned and will reference during my London trip planning. Can you share a bit more about the oyster card?

Thanks, Amanda! I’m so glad the post is helpful for planning your London trip. The oyster card is a plastic card you can use for quick and easy entry to the London’s metro, buses, and many commuter trains. The card is 5 pounds to buy, after which you load some money onto it. The fare you’ll pay for a metro ride with the oyster card will be cheaper than if you had simply purchased a single ticket for the ride. The Oyster card also caps off what you’d pay in a day making sure you never pay more than had you bought a day pass travel card. Hope that helps! 🙂

trip to london planner

I love the addition of the pro tips, especially times of day best to visit. I do love London, but timed a few things wrong, ending up in bigger crowds than I like.

Thanks, Rhonda. I certainly know that feeling of being in a crowd and wanting to be anyplace but there! Glad the pro tips will help for your next London trip. 🙂

trip to london planner

Hi Jackie! Any tips for going to London with a toddler? Going to London this Wednesday and I’m going to use your cheat sheet! Thanks!

Hi Jen! So exciting to hear about your trip. 🙂 I’d definitely do the London Eye, but book tickets ahead of time online to skip the line. The Changing of the Guard with its parade, music, and horses are also toddler-friendly. He’ll get in free to the London underground, but if you don’t want to do that, go for the Hop on Hop off Bus Tour. The pirate-themed Princess Diana Playground in Hyde Park is also supposed to be a big hit. Not sure if he’s too young, but the I’d also look at the Natural History Museum, the National Maritime and/or Transport Museum, and maybe a show like Lion King. If that show is too long, how about The Gruffalo? It’s based on the kids book and is less than an hour long. Let me know if you have any more questions and have a great trip!! 🙂

Awesome, thank you for this! I printed out your cheat sheet & 8′ using it for our guide! Thanks!

Great! Hope you have a fantastic trip, Jen!

trip to london planner

I’m actually from London, yes all these places are great, but you haven’t mentioned how expensive they can be. Most museums and art galleries are free and fantastic but eating at fancy hotels is only for the rich! Try to go to restaurants and pubs that are not in the tourist areas and you’ll be much better value for your money. As for traditional fish and chips, there is a great place in Waterloo road called Superfish. It’s the best around and very reasonable. Lots of London Taxi drivers eat there, so you know it’s good!

Hi, Joanne and thanks for the tip about Superfish! It’s so great to get that from a local. Totally agreed about eating in hotels, too expensive. I only splurged on the Dorchester Tea because we wanted to have a fancy afternoon. Thanks again for reading. 🙂

trip to london planner

Hi, thank you for your tips. We’re going to London ne te may, my husband and I. Do you recommend Stonehenge ?

Hi Helene, Thanks for reading and commenting. You know, as many times as I have been to London, I have not made it to Stonehenge. To help you, I’m linking to another blog post all about visiting Stonehenge written by a blogger friend of mine. She’s got some great tips. Hope that helps! 🙂

trip to london planner

There are some great tips here. I’m planning a trip to London during the high season with a variety of ages from grandmother, 4x 30 year olds, 4 kids between the ages of 8-3, and 2 newborns. Aiaiai. Just trying to get a place to eat together will be challenging. I loved your tips about the Oyster card, and pre-booking tickets, It saves lots of time to book in advance so that you are not waiting in line for tickets, and then waiting in another line for entry. Depending on how early you book it also puts that block of tickets on separate credit card bill instead of all at once. Just a tip from how I travel with all the children and trying to be budget concsious, I usually stop in a local grocery store and grab the 3 (pound, I don’t have the symbol on my keyboard) meal deal, Its filling and usually healthy. If you have any more kid friendly tips I’d love to hear them. Thanks for the guide, I found you on Pintrest, and will make sure to repin.

Thanks for reading, Erin, and for repinning on Pinterest. I appreciate it. 🙂 Sounds like your trip is set to make some amazing multi-generational memories. Thanks for sharing your food tip. London has great parks to make use of when the kids need a break. Hyde Park has paddle boats for rent and a great playground and fountain. St. James Park also has a popular playground. Enjoy your trip!

trip to london planner

Do you have more ideas? We will be in London for 10 days. We will do all you mention but we need more?

Hi June, Thanks so much for reading and so exciting about your upcoming trip to London! 🙂 A couple other sites/places I’d recommend is Kensington Palace and if you’re at all a history buff, the Churchill War Rooms. If you’re doing all of that plus these last 2, check out the London Pass to save some money. Also, check out Free Tours by Foot and Sandeman’s free walking tours. If you’re interested in street art and/or learning more about London’s ethnic food scene check out a tour in the Shoreditch neighborhood. With 10 days, you can also plan day trips out of the city if you want. The Cotswolds Warwick Castle , and/or Stratford upon Avon are just a couple of hours drive, as are Stonehenge and Bath. Even Paris is a doable day trip with the Chunnel train taking just 2ish hours. Good luck and enjoy your trip!

trip to london planner

Thanks for the tip about the London Pass! We went last year and no one told us about it, and we are going back in October and still want to do many of the activities included in the pass. Sounds like a great value!

Fantastic, Dana. I hope your trip is fantastic and enjoy the London Pass! Thanks so much for reading. 🙂

trip to london planner

The best North Indian food is in southall (West London), trains run from Paddington. Brilliant Restaurant highly recommended..

Thanks Preetvan for the tip! 🙂

trip to london planner

It’s ravens that you find at the Tower of London, not crows!

Thanks for that! I have no bird ID skills! 🙂

trip to london planner

Thanks for your post; definitely adding it to my Pinterest board. I’m heading there for Spring Break with my husband and three teenage girls. We have eight days (flying into Gatwick and out of Paris-CDG). How do you suggest we split the days between London and Paris? And what would your top recommendations be?

Thanks for reading, Sheath. So exciting about your upcoming family trip to London and Paris. Both cities have so much to see and do, it all depends on your interests. You can easily split your time in half, although the Francophile in me says to give yourself an extra day in Paris. Not sure if you’re into theatre, but a night out to see a show in London’s West End is unforgettable. Tower of London, Shakespeares Globe, Borough Market, high tea are all at the top of my London first time list. For Paris, visit the top of Notre Dame in the morning, Arc de Triomphe at dusk, Sainte-Chappelle, Musee de l’Orangerie, and wander through 4th, 5th, and 6th arrondissements for tucked away shops and cafes as a start to your Paris visit. Hope that helps and have soo much fun! 🙂

trip to london planner

Thank you for this cheat sheet. Great tips and ideas. My best friend and I are traveling to Europe for our 40th birthdays in March. We are spending about 2 1/2 days in London. It seems you were recommended traveling by way of the tube for most everything. I had been looking at the Hop On and Off Bus before reading your cheat sheet. Would you recommend skipping the bus and just using the tube?

Hi Heather, Thanks for reading. London is such a great city for a friends birthday trip! I would still recommend the Tube. The traffic in London can be horrible and Hop on Hop off buses can get stuck in it with the rest of the vehicles. With 2 1/2 days, getting underground will help you maximize your time getting from place to place. Enjoy your trip! -Jackie

trip to london planner

Do you have any recommendations for visiting in December (just prior to Christmastime)? My family and I will be arriving on a Monday and departing on Thursday (for Germany), flying in and out of Stansted. It will be myself, my husband, and our 2 kids, ages 20 and (will turn while we’re in London) 17 year old (boy and girl). My husband is normally into things like the museums, but he’s the type that would need several days in any one museum (he literally reads each and every plaque, and doesn’t miss a display, LOL). So, because we’re limited on time, we’ll probably skip museums until another time. My husband and I are doing Harry Potter/WB Studios on Tuesday (I’m a big fan, kids not so much) and we’re letting them go off on their own. Will definitely be getting Oyster Cards.

Any other recommendations, especially since will will be cold weather? Thanks!

Thanks for reading, Cammi. I’d definitely try and see a show, be it one in the west end or a special Christmas themed show or concert. I’d also like to see the seasonal attractions like the winter wonderland in Hyde Park and all the lights around the city. I’m a cold weather gal so I love to get outside. But just in case of super cold weather, I’d have 1 museum in mind just as a back up if you need to warm up. Not sure if your hubby has seen the Churchill War rooms not far from Westminster, but I highly recommend. Enjoy your trip!

trip to london planner

My husband and I leave for our first ever trip abroad, London, in less than a week! The ironic and very strange thing is that as soon as I read the title of our article was that the authors last name is Sills. That is MY maiden name and some of my father’s family still lives in England! Dad himself, Charles Sills, was actually born in London! We will be visiting some Sills relatives in Suffolk on our trip!

Anyway, thanks for the great articles!

Sincerely, Elizabeth (Sills) Hurd

Hi Elizabeth, Thanks for reading and omg! My maiden name is Sills as well! I have done a ton of family research but always run into a dead end trying to figure out more about the George Sills who came over from England to the U.S. back in the 1800s. That’s so amazing you’ll be combining your tip with some ancestry travel. I hope you have a great trip and enjoy meeting your relatives! Thanks again for reading the blog. 🙂 Jackie

trip to london planner

Nice tips overall. Anyway, thanks for the great articles!

Thanks for reading, Brandy. 🙂

trip to london planner

I must say this is an ultimate post for travelers who are looking for trip to London at affordable cost. You have covered everything in your post such as best places to stay, which is really helpful.

Thanks for reading, Sandeep. Happy travels to London!

trip to london planner

Your blog is amazing – thanks for all the incredible ideas. We are considering going to London for Spring Break (March 8-17, 2019). Would you recommend going at his time ….will the weather be agreeable? Thanks, Stacey

Thanks for reading, Stacey, and for your kind words. So, it’ll likely still be chilly, but I’d say yes, go! Take this with the knowledge that I live in NYC and walk around in all kinds of weather and that I love visiting Europe in the off-season. I’d rather have cooler temps and fewer crowds. Plus, with London’s Underground/Subway, you can so easily pop underground and get around if you needed to escape the weather for a bit. Not to mention with delicious tea, scones, English pies, and Indian food, there’s plenty to warm you up! 🙂 Thanks again for reading.

very informative blog love to read it. i got so many new ideas about London. Thanks for sharing and it will help me during my visit to London. [LINK EDITED OUT]

Thanks for reading, Mickey. Enjoy London. 🙂

trip to london planner

Love this guide and the one for Portugal also. Now if I could print it and store it in my travel file folder for easier access when I go to London. Thanks for writing these detailed trip reports – they are extremely helpful

Thanks do much for reading, Jane. You can download the London cheat sheet to help with your travels. 🙂

trip to london planner

Going to the Harry Potter Studios by bus from Central London is the silliest thing to do. It takes too long AND you can only stay at the studios until the time your bus would take you back (about 4 hours) – not enough time for a true Harry Potter fan. It is fastest and easiest to go by train from Euston Station to Watford Junction (Oyster can be used) and takes about 30minutes. The studio has buses at Watford Junction to take you there – it takes just about 10 minutes. We stayed over 7 hours at the studios – my kids would start a riot if we had to leave after some 4 hours only!

Thanks for reading, Deesi! And great tips! Appreciate you sharing. 🙂

trip to london planner

Your blog is amazing. How do I download the cheat sheet??

Thank you ~Alison

Thanks so much for reading, Alison. All you need to do is fill in the fields on the cheat sheet sign up box. It’ll get sent to you. 🙂 So glad the blog has been helpful for you.

trip to london planner

If you have enough time you should certainly consider Kew Gardens and Greenwich. You can take the clipper down the river to Greenwich. Also Kenwood is free to visit and set in beautiful grounds on Hampstead Heath. Don’t pay to go up the Shard. Book the free tickets for Skygarden three weeks ahead. Or go up the tower at Tate Modern. Children like all these places but as other people have said the parks are lovely and all different. It’s lovely to see this thread still working and growing after such a long time. Well done!!!

Thanks for reading and sharing your London tips, Marian! I didn’t know that about the Shard!

trip to london planner

The Dorchester is indeed a great hotel, but the very best Afternoon Tea has to be the Ritz.

Thanks for reading and sharing, David. I have heard great things about the afternoon tea at the Ritz. I’ll have to try it next time I’m in London. 🙂

trip to london planner

Thank you for sharing this info about London. I am planning to visit in a neaxt month.

Thanks for reading, Alina. Have fun in London. 🙂

trip to london planner

Amazing. you have told very easy and splendid ways for exploring London. London is my favourite place to travel and for food too. I love the food Enjoy!

Thanks for reading, Amy. Glad you had great travels to London. 🙂

trip to london planner

My niece and I want to go to London. We’ve considered a tour group, but the itinerary is limited, I enjoyed reading your cheat sheet. It was interesting, and we got very excited at the thought of actually visiting the sites, Have you ever traveled there in December? I am a teacher and my big break is in the month of December, I don’t want to go and freeze! The travel dates would be between December 14th and December 24th. Any tips would be appreciated. Thank you.

Rebecca and Brooke

Thanks for reading, Rebecca and Brooke. I haven’t been to London in the winter but I’ve been to many other cities in Europe in winter like Paris, Prague, Budapest, Munich, and more, also during my winter school breaks! I’m probably not the most objective person on this as I live in NYC and walk around outside all winter long. But I love European cities around Christmas. Yes, it’s chilly. But if you dress right the charm and the ambiance is unforgettable. I’d highly recommend a London Christmas visit! If you want some freedom to explore mixed with a few organized activities, plan a couple of day tours instead of something more comprehensive. The London Pass is also a great way to see what’s popular while saving money by bundling sightseeing costs. Hope this helps and you have a great trip! 😉

Thank you so much. We are moving ahead with our plans. I agree, if you dress appropriately, the weather will not be a factor.. Again, I really learned a lot from your cheat sheet and have read it many times.

Thanks for reading, Rebecca and Brooke. 🙂 So glad to hear the cheat sheet was helpful. I hope you have a wonderful trip to London.

trip to london planner

Heathrow express!! Saved me so much time! So glad I read this.

Thanks for reading, Scott. Yep, the Heathrow Express makes things super easy! 🙂

trip to london planner

Thanks for informative sharing. I must say that your shared information is very useful for me as well as other readers.

Glad to hear it, William. Thanks for reading.

trip to london planner

Hello Jackie, I am at the beginning of planning a second Girls Trip to London, and the country side of England. The first was with a group of high school girls friends,(tons of fun) and this one will be with all my sister in laws. Both groups are in their early 60’s. I appreciated the link to the GO transportation site. I like the idea of a van to haul us all to the hotel from Heathrow. There will be six of us in this up coming trip. There were only four on the high school trip. We all squeezed into one cab, and shared the cost. I don’t think we can squeeze six ladies and luggage into a cab, so the van idea sounds good. I suggested a cab for the HS group, knowing it is the more expensive way to get from the airport. I knew we would be sharing the cost AND also with the age of the group, didn’t think we (or I ) would want to be dragging our luggage in and out of tube trains. They were all ok with the idea of a cab. Also one thing I tell anyone I know who is on their way over, WEAR COMFORTABLE SHOES!!! I know they aren’t always the most fashionable, but gee, your feet will thank you at the end of the day. No new shoes that haven’t been wore in yet either. One last thought– the HS trip was a full week in London, so we all decided that the London Pass would be a good idea– and it was! The Shard visit alone would have cost 50 pounds for one person to enter. The payable sites do add up. All worth seeing, but can get pricy. Not so sure it will be worth it for this sister in law trip, we won’t be spending as much time in London. Thanks for the time and research you put into this travel blog. Very enjoyable read. 🙂

Thanks so much for reading, Deborah! So exciting to be planning another trip (and a Girls Trip, even better!) to London. Thanks for sharing your experiences, too. Totally agree on comfortable shoes! My go-to’s for lots of walking (live in NYC) and traveling (one pair is with me on every trip) are Allbirds . In fact, I just bought 2 new pairs (Tree Runner & Wool Runner) since I’ve worn my others out. If anyone in your group or you are looking for something comfy, definitely give these shoes a look. Enjoy your trip to London and come back if there are any questions I can answer. Thanks again for reading. 🙂

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Privacy Overview

Independent Travel Cats

Savvy Travel Advice

London Itinerary: 6 Days in London

Last updated: May 28, 2024 - Written by Jessica Norah 90 Comments

London is one of the world’s most famous capital cities and England’s largest city, offering an endless number of attractions, museums, historical buildings, and entertainment options. London can be an overwhelming city for many travelers, especially those visiting for the first time.

We’ve put together a recommended 6-day London itinerary that will help you see the highlights if you have at least 6 days in London.

It includes all the major attractions (e.g., Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, and the National Gallery), but also includes several lesser-known sites and encourages you to explore several of London’s diverse neighborhoods including Westminster, Greenwich, Kensington, and Camden.

We suggest using this itinerary as a starting point for planning your 6 days in London, not as a definitive itinerary, and you can edit it to put together your own personal itinerary that reflects your own needs and interests.

In addition to the 6 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, maps of each day’s suggested attractions, and how to save money during your 6 days in London.

Tower Bridge 6 days in London itinerary

Table of Contents:

Planning for 6 Days in London

Before we share the day-to-day itinerary, here is some essential planning information on getting to London, getting around London, tips for saving money, how to find accommodation, and further resources for planning and making the most of your 6 days in London.

Getting to London

London is easy to reach by plane, train, or car. London has six main airports: Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, Luton, Southend, and London City, and these airports collectively serve just about every region of the world. If you are arriving from an international location outside Europe, busy  Heathrow is likely to be your arrival airport. See this airport guide for getting to and from each of the airports in London.

If you are arriving by train, London is well-connected to train routes throughout the UK and Europe with a number of train stations in and around central London. Those arriving from Scotland might want to consider an overnight sleeper train . If you are arriving from continental Europe by train or car, you’ll need to travel across the English Channel on EuroStar or take a ferry.

Getting around London

London is best explored either on foot or by public transportation. Cabs and bike hires are also good options. If you need to book a cab, you can use  minicabit to compare prices.

I would not recommend driving in London unless you are planning to stay on the outskirts of the city as driving and finding parking in central busy locations can be a nightmare and parking can be expensive. If you are driving to London, I’d park your car when you arrive in the city and then use public transport until you leave.

London’s has a great public transportation network and most visitors spend at least some time traveling on it. This includes public bus, tram, and rail services (including “the Tube”) within the city. You can buy individual tickets for each ride, but many visitors get an Oyster Card  which allows you to travel on almost all the city’s public transit options and can save you time and money.

If you are considering an Oyster Card, you can read our full review of it here .  For more information and tips on getting around London, check out our detailed  Guide To Transportation Options in London .

6 days in London itinerary

Where to Stay for 6 Days in London

Accommodation wise, London has about every lodging option you can imagine, from inexpensive hostels to self-catering apartments to pricey 5-star luxury hotels . London is home to some really iconic classic luxury hotels like The Ritz , The Dorchester , Brown’s , and The Savoy .

But it also has a number of mid-range and budget friendly chains like Holiday Inn Express , Travelodge ,  Best Western ,   Premier Inn , Ibis , and Point.a Hotels . If you are spending a full week in London, you can often save money by booking an apartment at a weekly versus daily rate.

To find the best rates on hotels in London, we recommend searching on Booking.com  or Hotels.com  as in our experience these two sites tend to have the best prices and widest choice on both hotels and a range of apartments.

If you are looking for self-catering apartments or rooms, we recommend checking out Plum Guide . We’ve tried many of the apartment rental sites, and have usually had the best experiences with Plum Guide. Of course, there are also loads of Airbnb alternative booking sites you can check.

Based on our various trips to London, we’ve put together few suggestions across budgets to give you some ideas for where to stay in the city, which are sorted from lowest to highest price:

  • The Walrus Bar and Hostel – This is a well reviewed and centrally located hostel, found only a 15 minute walk from Parliament Square and the Palace of Westminster (Big Ben).
  • SoHostel  – Another well-reviewed hostel located just at the edge of Westminster, only a 15 minute walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.
  • Point A Hotel – This hotel is located within Westminster and is within the well-priced Point A hotel range. It’s a 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; rooms are tiny but clean and a great budget option.
  • Premier Inn – This well-rated mid-range 3-star option is located near to Borough Market and London Bridge.
  • Hilton Tower Bridge – This well-rated hotel offers good value for this class of hotel and is located within a short walk of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market.
  • Resident Victoria Hotel  – A centrally located 4-star hotel offering excellent value for money located near Buckingham Palace. We’ve stayed here; the lower priced rooms are small but the hotel is very well-located.
  • Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
  • Brown’s  – If you are looking for a classic 5-star London luxury hotel, you can’t go wrong with Brown’s which provides intimate boutique luxury. It is the oldest hotel in London and is located in Mayfair within a 12 minute walk from Buckingham Palace.
  • The Savoy  – Another classic 5-star luxury hotel, this one much larger, located in central London. Less than 10 minute walk to Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

For many more options, see our complete guide to where to stay in London , which also has tips on what to look for and the different neighbourhoods in the city.

Lord Milner B&B London hotel 6 Day itinerary

Saving Money on London Attractions

It is hard to deny that London is a fairly expensive travel destination and attraction entrance fee costs can really add up. Luckily, there are a number of London discount passes you can purchase which can help you save money if you plan to visit a number of London’s museums and attractions.

Our favorite is the London Pass which allows free entry into over 60 of London’s top attractions, and also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket and additional discounts on food, shopping, and tours.

We’ve used the London Pass on a number of visits and have written a full review of the London Pass which you can read to help determine if it is a good fit for your trip. Also be sure to check out all the free attractions in London which include top-notch museums, parks, historic sites, special events, and festivals. 

Another discount card option is the GoCity London Explorer Pass where you can choose up to 7 attractions you want to visit (out of 50+) where you can get free entry into all these attractions (including Westminster Abbey, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower of London). See a full list of possible attractions here .

This GoCity London Explorer Pass doesn’t work as well with our suggested itinerary but may be more appealing to some, especially families, as it includes more attractions geared to families that are not included on the London Pass.

Buying Tickets for London Attractions

When you are planning on buying tickets for attractions in London, you have two main options. You can book online in advance, or for some attractions, you can buy tickets in person.

For most attractions we would recommend booking online in advance, as this means you can skip the in-person ticket lines. Many attractions also now operate a timed entry system, so turning up on the day might lead to disappointment.

Booking online in advance is usually the best option, and it also often results in slightly better value tickets compared to on-the-door prices.

You then have the option for most attractions of buying direct, or buying via a third-party site like GetYourGuide , Viator or Tiqets .

It is always worth comparing prices across the different options, as well as the cancellation policies. Generally our preferred option is GetYourGuide because they normally offer a full refund up to 24 hours in advance of your visit to most attractions. The prices are nearly always the same as the official site as well.

Of course, you will need to check each attraction’s policy and compare, but for peace of mind this policy can be very helpful.

Walking Tours in London

When visiting a new city, or when we just want to get a bit more local insight into somewhere we’ve been before, we’ll often take a walking tour. These offer a couple of advantages as they help orientate you to a new place plus you can get insider tips from a local on the best places to visit and eat.

We’ve taken a number of walking tours in London, and I did this full day London walking tour on my very first visit to London which covered all the central highlights and includes a visit to the Tower of London , the Changing of the Guard, a short Thames cruise, and a view of all the main sites in Westminster. I did this tour on my very first visit to London and really enjoyed it!

Our favorite walking tour company is Take Walks , who are behind the popular Walks of Italy walking tour company. They now offer a number of tours in London, and we can highly recommend them if you are looking for a walking tour in the city. See all their London tours here .

You can also find a number of popular London walking tours over on GetYourGuide from Harry Potter walking tours to WW2 related walking tours to Royal London tours to food tours to Jack the Ripper tours . Speaking of food tours, see our guide to the best food tours in London for some suggested options.

If you are looking for a private walking tour of London, we recommend checking out the London tours offered by Context Travel. They can personalize private tours, adapt to special needs, and can add a car service if needed.

Popular London Day Trips

If you have 6 days or more in London, then you may be wanting to do a day trip on one or two of those days and see some of the other towns and attractions in southern England.

Below are seven popular London day trip options to consider:

  • Stonehenge – Stonehenge is an ancient and mysterious stone circle and this site is one of the most popular day trips from London. It is probably best done as a bus day trip, but you can also do it via public transit (train plus shuttle), by car, or via a private transfer. You can read about our Stonehenge day trip experience here , which was a version of this tour of Stonehenge and Bath . A couple other suggestions for guided tours are this express half-day trip to Stonehenge, this tour which include Windsor Castle, lunch and Lacock as well, or this full day trip which includes inner stone access at Stonehenge and Bath.
  • Stratford-upon-Avon  – Stratford-upon-Avon is a picturesque medieval market town located along the River Avon in the West Midlands. It is best known as the birthplace of William Shakespeare and for its well-preserved Tudor buildings. Best ways to get here is by car, train, or by joining a tour. Here is a  guided tour option that includes a visit to Stratford-upon-Avon and three Cotswolds villages. See our guide to things to do in Stratford Upon Avon for more information.
  • WB Harry Potter Studio – If you love Harry Potter, you may want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio filming studio. The Studio Tour  includes original film sets, clothing, props, interactive visitor experiences, and a huge gift shop. Tickets must be booked in advance. You can get here via public transit (train plus shuttle) or by booking a tour or private transfer. You can book a tour  from central London that includes your transportation so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. If you want to take a walking tour of the Harry Potter London filming locations consider this tour .
  • Oxford – Oxford is a scenic historical city that is home to Oxford University, England’s oldest university. Read our post about things to do in Oxford and how to plan your own Oxford day trip from London . Oxford is easy to reach by train, although car and bus are also options. If you are interested in a guided tour, you might consider this tour which visits Oxford as well as the Cotswolds.
  • Highclere Castle & Downton Abbey Sites – Highclere Castle is a country house best known for being a prime filming location in the British TV series Downton Abbey. Easiest ways to get here is by car or by joining a tour. Here is a suggested guided tour option that includes a visit to Highclere Castle, the castle gardens, Bampton (Downton village), and other Downton Abbey filming locations. Highclere Castle is open seasonally so check opening dates before planning a visit.
  • Portsmouth  – Portsmouth is a port city and naval base where you can discover over 500 years of naval history. You can visit a number of boats dating back to Tudor times, museums, and other attractions along the historic dock. From London, you can get there via public transit (train is best) or by taking a guided tour. If you visit on your own, we recommend checking out the Portsmouth Historic Dockyard Attraction Ticket . If you are looking for a guided visit, you might consider this full day private one which includes transport from London. See our guide to things to do in Portsmouth for more information,
  • Cambridge  – Cambridge, like Oxford, is a historic scenic university town. Cambridge University was founded in 1209 and is the second oldest university in the English-speaking world. There are a number of historical attractions and museums here, and you can check out our guide to things to do in Cambridge . You can get here by public transit (train or bus), car, or by joining a tour. If looking for a tour from London, you might check out this guided tour or this small group tour to Cambridge and Ely Cathedral.

Other Resources for Planning 6 Days in London

If you are looking for packing tips, check out our suggested London packing list .

If you have less than 6 days in London, we have also written a suggested guide to spending one day in London ,  two days in London , and  three days in London . We also have a post about seeing the best of the city and its royal sites in a one day London walking tour .

We have written a ton of content about London, so you can check out our London articles on Finding the Universe and our London articles on this blog for more info and to see where we’ve been. For additional planning resources, the  Visit London  and  Visit Great Britain  websites also offer tons of helpful information for visitors. If your travels are taking you beyond London, you can check out Laurence’s suggested 2-week UK itinerary to get you started.

Houses of Parliament 6 days in London itinerary

A 6 Day London Itinerary: How to Spend 6 Days in London

London is one of those cities that has an endless amount of attractions, museums, shows, and potential things to do. This can be overwhelming for many visitors so we’ve put together our suggested 6 day itinerary that takes in London’s most popular attractions as well as several of London’s best neighborhoods. I’ve also tried to arrange them in a logical order so you spend less time traveling around the city.

Use this as a guide and starting point for planning your 6 days in London, not as a definitive itinerary, to put together your own personalized itinerary that reflects your own needs and interests. Be sure to check on admission days and hours for any must-see attractions before you set out as many attractions close for one day per week, or may be closed due to a special event or renovation. 

For all attractions with an admission fee, we’ve noted there is an entry fee by writing “(fee)” next to them. Note that since many people use the London Pass , the attractions that are included on the London Pass are starred (*) denoting that passholders receive free entry so they have “(fee*)” next to them.

We do our best to provide the most updated information, but things change so you may want to double-check fees and London Pass inclusions before your trip.

London Itinerary Day 1 – Westminster

On your first full day in London, I’d head to Westminster. Westminster is a great place to start your exploration of London as it is the political, cultural, and geographical center of the city. It is also where you’ll find some of London’s most iconic and famous buildings. The itinerary starts and stops near Parliament Square but can begin it at any point along the route. 

what to do with 6 days in London itinerary

First, you might consider taking a tour to get oriented to the city. If you are the kind of person who likes to get a good overview of a city before striking out on your own, a sightseeing bus tour, bike tour, Thames river cruise, or city walking tour is a great way to get oriented.

You have loads of options in terms of companies and London Pass holders have access to a free sightseeing hop-on hop-off bus tour , bike tour, and a Thames cruise which all cover the Westminster area. If this sounds appealing, I’d probably recommend either a walking or bus tour for your first day.

If you choose a walking tour, most need to be booked in advance, and you can read about one of the guided  walking tours of Westminster we did on my very first trip to London to get an idea of what you can cover on foot in the area.

As mentioned earlier in the post, we also often use and can recommend walking company Take Walks . They have a number of London walking tours to get you acquainted with London.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey  (fee*) is definitely one of the most impressive and historical churches in England. The church (and its Norman predecessor) has been the site of all English and British coronations since William the Conqueror in 1066 as well as the site of over a dozen royal weddings, including Prince William and Catherine Middleton in 2011.

The current church dates from 1245, being built mainly from the 13th century to 16th century, and was mostly built in the Gothic style. The church is a coveted burial spot and includes the tombs of British royals as well as Prime Ministers, famous artists, writers, and scientists, and other famous people from the past 1,000 years!

This is a popular place so be sure to leave some time to get in and explore. The included audio guide helps give you a lot of background on the church and points out all the highlights. Guide-led tours are also possible for a small extra fee (currently £5/person), check at arrival or on the Abbey website for tour times.

In June 2018, the  Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries opened. The galleries, which are reached by the newly build Weston Tower, house historical exhibit and treasures owned by the Abbey. Admission to the Galleries is currently an extra £5.00 and requires a timed ticket as space is limited. You can buy your tickets online in advance here .

buying The London Pass tips advice

St. James’s Park

For a breath of fresh air, take a walk through St. James’s Park en-route to Buckingham Palace. The park is one of eight of the city’s Royal Parks and has over 50 acres of green spaces, flower beds, and even a lake that contains some famous resident pelicans.

There is a small café here and it is a great place to take a short break. Also for those interested in the Guards regiments of the British Army, you can make a stop at The Guards Museum (fee*) which is just across from St. James’s Park, next to the Wellington Barracks.

Buckingham Palace 

Buckingham Palace is probably the most famous palace in the UK and it serves as the primary London workplace and residence for the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom. It was originally built as a private residence by the Duke of Buckingham (hence the name) in the early 18th century, but was later acquired by British royalty and expanded over time.

The public can tour Buckingham Palace (fee, book tickets in advance) but only for about 8 weeks per year (generally August and September). However, you can get a good view of the palace from outside the gates year-round and you can walk up to see the marble and bronze Victoria Memorial that stands in front of the palace at the end of The Mall.

Depending on the day of you visit (as well as weather and security conditions), you may get a chance to see the Changing of the Queen’s Guard ceremony at the forecourt of Buckingham Palace which often takes place around 11am. The full ceremony lasts about 45 minutes. If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, check the schedule online in advance and show up early to get a good viewing spot.

If you don’t want to stand in the crowds, you can try going to Friary Court in front of St. James Palace for the ceremony (the Old Guard normally lines up and starts here) or watching the Changing The Queen’s Lifeguard (horse guards) at the Horse Guards Parade as both spots attract fewer visitors.

buckingham Palace 6 days in London itinerary

Even if you can’t visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Place, there are places to visit on the palace grounds year round. You can visit the  Royal Mews (fee) which showcases the royal collection of historic carriages and coaches, including the Diamond Jubilee State Coach. Art lovers will want to stop at the Queen’s Gallery (fee*) which displays regularly changing exhibitions of art from the royal collection. 

The London Pass tips advice

St. James’s Palace

St James’s Palace is the most senior royal palace in the United Kingdom, having been built during the reign of King Henry VIII in the 16th century. Although it is no longer the residence of the monarch, it is the meeting place and London residence of members of the British royal family.

The palace is not open to the public but as noted above you can see the start of the Changing of the Guard ceremony from Friary Court in front of the palace.

Piccadilly Circus

Piccadilly Circus is a famous road junction and a popular public meeting spot in London. The area is famous for its large neon signs and video advertising as well as the Shaftesbury Memorial with its statue of Anteros.

The spot is well-located for an easy walk to the West End theaters and Regent Street, one of London’s major shopping streets. It’s also going to be familiar to Harry Potter fans as it was one of the Harry Potter filming locations in London .

Trafalgar Square

Trafalgar Square is a popular public square in central London known for its monuments, architecture, street artists, and surrounding museums. The square itself is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument commemorating Admiral Horatio Nelson, who died in the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805), the famous stone lion statues, and the featured contemporary art on the Fourth Plinth.

Around the square you’ll also find two of London’s top art museums, the National Gallery and the National Portrait Gallery . Both are highly recommended for art lovers and include works by some of the world’s most famous artists from Turner to Monet.

Also nearby (hidden underground in St. Martin-in-the-Fields!) you can visit the London Brass Rubbing Centre (fee) to learn about and create a brass rubbing to take home. A great activity for families (we had fun too!). Note that this isn’t always available, check the website for when you can do it.

National Gallery 6 days in London itinerary

Whitehall & Downing Street

Whitehall is the main street running south from Trafalgar Square towards Parliament Square. This area was once home to the Palace of Whitehall, a sprawling royal palace complex and the largest palace in the world until it burned in 1698. However, today visitors can still see one remaining section of the palace complex, the Banqueting Hall (fee) designed by famous architect Inigo Jones with a ceiling painted by Peter Paul Reubens.

Today Whitehall is the center of the Government of the United Kingdom and you’ll pass a number of buildings home to various departments and ministries, including the Ministry of Defense and the Cabinet Office. Along this street you’ll also find The Household Calvary Museum (fee*), located in the 18th century stables of the Horse Guards, which gives information on the history of the Household Cavalry and displays a small collection of uniforms and weapons.

Past the Banqueting Hall and Household Cavalry Museum, you’ll pass the entrance to Downing Street. The street is gated and guarded, but you can peek through and should be able to see the door to 10 Downing Street, which is the headquarters of the UK government and official residence of the Prime Minister. There are a lot of statues and memorials along the street, including  The Cenotaph , which has been designated as the United Kingdom’s official national war memorial. As you continue down Whitehall, you’ll end in Parliament Square.

Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament

Parliament Square is a public square where you’ll find a number of statues of famous people, including Winston Churchill, David Lloyd George, Abraham Lincoln, and Nelson Mandela. The square is surrounded by famous buildings, including Westminster Abbey and St. Margaret’s Church, the parish church of the Palace of Westminster.

On one side of the square you’ll see the iconic Palace of Westminster, better known as the Houses of Parliament, with the iconic Elizabethan Tower which contains the famous Big Ben bell. The building is named after the former medieval palace that once stood here, and you can actually visit a section of the old palace, the 14th century Jewel Tower (fee*), if you want a sense of what the original Palace of Westminster was like.

The public can visit the Houses of Parliament  on certain dates, and debates are free for the public to watch. But if you want to actually tour the building, tours are available on certain days of the week and the tours include a number of rooms, including Westminster Hall, St. Stephens Hall, Commons Chamber, and the Lords Chamber. UK residents can contact their local MP or a Member of the House of Lords to request and arrange a free tour. Otherwise, you can book a tour ticket online for a self-guided audio tour or guided tour.

The tour here is well worth it if you have the chance to do it during your visit. We did a guided tour plus a Thames-side afternoon tea here and really enjoyed seeing the inside of this iconic building!

House of Parliament 6 days in London itinerary

Westminster Bridge

After you have visited all the spots you want to in and around Parliament Square, walk onto Westminster Bridge and look back for a great view of the House of Parliament and the River Thames. You can then take a walk along the Thames or head off to dinner. Tomorrow the itinerary will bring us back to the Thames to further explore more of London’s iconic sites.

London Itinerary Day 2 – Along the River Thames

Today we’d suggest heading back into central London and focusing on sites located along the famous River Thames, London’s main river and the longest river in England. The Day 2 itinerary takes you to more of London’s most historic and iconic sites and attractions. It starts at the Tower of London and ends either at the Churchill War Rooms or the London Eye , depending on your time, energy, and interests.

The first part of the itinerary is walkable but you’ll probably want to use the Thames river boat or public transit to get from the bridges to the Churchill War Rooms. If you want to do a Thames river cruise (fee*), this is a good day for it.

what to do with 6 days in London itinerary

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  (fee*) is a UNESCO world heritage site that has served as a fortress, prison, armory, Royal Mint, and place of execution among other uses during its long history. It is famous for serving as a prison and execution site of famous people like Queen Anne Boleyn and for housing the Crown Jewels.

There is a lot packed in here and highlights include the Crown Jewels, White Tower, Tower Green, and tours given by the Yeomen Warders (Beefeaters). This is a popular place so we’d strongly recommend trying to get here around opening, head to the Crown Jewels first, and plan to spend at least 2 hours visiting here.

One of our favorite attractions in central London but also one of the most crowded so do try to get here early.

You can buy a ticket online in advance here .

We also recommend checking prices on the official website  here , where you can also see opening times.

For more on visiting, see our complete guide to the Tower of London .

Tower of London 6 days in London itinerary

Thames Cruise

Today is a good day to do a sightseeing boat cruise of the River Thames, as all the suggested locations today are alongside the river. There is a City Cruises (fee) dock just a short walk from the Tower of London and you can use the cruise to see the city from the Thames and get to the next location with a 24 hour hop on, hop off cruise ticket.

Another option is to get a River Roamer pass (fee*) for the Thames Clipper , a commuter boat service, or just buy a single ticket for a one time ride. Of course, you can also just walk to each attraction or take public transit.

HMS Belfast 

Next suggested stop is  HMS Belfast (fee), which is permanently moored on the Thames a short walk from Tower Bridge on the south bank. This historic warship, operated today by Imperial War Museums, will definitely be of interest to military buffs, or anyone with an interest in boats. Launched just before the outbreak of World War 2, this Royal Navy Light Cruiser saw action in both World War 2 and the Korean War, before being decommissioned in 1963.

Since 1971 she’s been a popular London tourist attraction, and you can spend a good deal of time learning all about operational life on board this historic warship.

There is a small café next to the visitor entrance to the ship which serves fresh sandwiches, salads, pastries, and coffee if you need a bite to eat.

Tower Bridge and London Bridge

Next I would take some time to appreciate two of London’s most famous bridges, the London Bridge and Tower Bridge. Both bridges have exhibitions you can visit, although in terms of time I would choose to visit only one exhibition or just admire them both from the outside. 

London Bridge is famous for being the subject of the nursery rhyme “London Bridge Is Falling Down” and there has been a London Bridge since Roman times with the current one dating only to the 1970’s.   The London Bridge Experience  (fee*) is an interactive educational and amusement attraction geared towards families with children and young adults that don’t mind a bit of a scare. 

The bridge in London which you are probably more familiar with in terms of photos is Tower Bridge, often mistakenly called London Bridge by tourists. This iconic bridge opened in 1894 and is currently painted white and blue.

If you want to learn more about the bridge, then you should visit the  Tower Bridge Exhibition (fee*). Here you can learn about the history of the bridge, including how it was built and how the lifting mechanism works to allow ships through. You can also walk the glass floor walkway across the bridge, a 138 feet high walkway that will definitely test any fear of heights you may have!

Tower Bridge 6 days in London itinerary

Alternatives  (or additional spots) in the area to the above attractions: Southwark Cathedral , Borough Market (one of London’s most famous food markets),  The Old Operating Theatre Museum (fee*), The Monument (fee*), and The View from the Shard (fee*).

Churchill War Rooms 

Now, we are going to head back to Westminster to visit the Churchill War Rooms which are not too far from where you were yesterday. You’ll likely want to hop on the Thames boat to Westminster Pier or take public transit here.

The Churchill War Rooms (fee) are run by the Imperial War Museums (those with a military history interest will also want to visit the Imperial War Museum in London) and allow the public to visit the huge underground secret bunker where the majority of the war effort during World War 2 was directed from August 1939 to August 1945.

The visit essentially includes two places: the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum. You get to visit an interesting maze of rooms to see where communications and strategizing happened as well as where people ate, slept, and cooked during WW2. Then a separate large museum room is devoted to the life of Winston Churchill and his legacy. It has the best collection of information and exhibits on Churchill that I have visited, and it covers his life from birth to death, not just the war years.

There is an excellent audio guide included with the tour that covers the Cabinet War Rooms, For those with an interest in Churchill, we recommend checking out this article about visiting some of the top Winston Churchill sites .

For those with an interest in Churchill and the London Blitz, we can also recommend the London Churchill War Room tour by Context Travel which includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well as a guided tour of parts of London related to the Blitz. We love Context Travel tours, which are geared to the intellectually curious travelers, and if you book this tour or any other tour with Context Travel, using the link above you’ll receive 10% off any Context Travel tour anywhere in the world. Be sure to book in advance of your trip.

Churchill War Rooms 6 days in London itinerary

London Dungeon

If you still have time and energy you might want to continue on across the Westminster Bridge to where you’ll find more attractions, including the London Dungeon and the London Eye.

The London Dungeon (fee*) is an interactive attraction that uses costumed actors, rides, special effects, and staging to tell London’s more sinister history while offering up a bit of fun and scares. I wouldn’t come here for a history lesson but if you enjoy haunted houses and amusement parks, you’ll probably enjoy this. Not recommended for young children.

The dungeon also sometimes offers adult-only nights that include food and drinks. Depending on who you are, the London Dungeon is either a must-see or a must-avoid! Next door to the Dungeon are also two family-oriented attractions, the Sea Life London Aquarium and  DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure . 

The London Eye (fee*) is Europe’s tallest observation wheel and is essentially a giant slow ferris wheel with large enclosed glass pods. The London Eye is a great place to get some nice views of London, although I’d pass if the weather is terrible. It is open late so makes a great last stop, and around sunset is an ideal time to do the ride if the weather is pleasant. 

You can save money (and time) by purchasing your tickets in advance. Online prices are usually much lower than if you buy at the ticket desk.

You can buy tickets for the London Eye from the official site here . We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye here .

London Eye 6 days in London itinerary

Alternatively if you didn’t do a boat trip on the Thames already, you might consider booking an evening sunset and/or dinner Thames river cruise. There are several companies that offer these in London, including City Cruises mentioned earlier and Bateaux London .

London Itinerary Day 3 – More London Highlights

Today we are going to explore even more of London’s central highlights, including the British Museum, Covent Garden, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and Shakespeare’s Globe.

Today all of the attractions are within walking distance but you may want to use public transit to reach some of them. It may also be a good day to use a hop-on hop-off bus if you have a free ticket with the London Pass as the bus routes go to or near all the attractions on today’s route.

what to do with 6 days in London itinerary

British Museum

The British Museum  is a museum holding a vast collection of artifacts from cultures around the world, ancient to modern. Established in 1753 with the collection of just one man, it has grown to be one of the largest and most comprehensive collections in the world with about 8 million objects in its permanent collection!

If you are going to only visit one general museum in London, this would probably be my recommendation as it holds a wealth of treasures from mummies to vases, with the Rosetta Stone, Parthenon sculptures, and Lewis Chessmen being some of its most well-known treasures.

Now you can walk (about 15 minutes) or jump on public transportation to get to Covent Garden and the London Transport Museum.

Lewis Chessmen

London Transport Museum

The London Transport Museum (fee*) is a museum dedicated to telling the story of London’s transport system over the last 200 years, highlighting the link between transport and the growth of modern London culture and society. The museum collection is housed in a 19th century building that was previously used for the Covent Garden Flower Market.

As a visitor you can follow a self-guided path that begins with what transportation was like around 1800 in London and then continues to the present day. So you get to see everything from human carried sedan chairs to horse-drawn omnibuses to steam trains to the famous red double-decker buses. The museum does a good job of having a mix of information and interactive exhibits. 

Covent Garden

Covent Garden is a popular tourist destination in London. It originally was a food market (mainly fruit and vegetables) and by the 18th century had become a bit seedy and was also a popular red-light district. The food market eventually outgrew the space and was moved in the 1970’s and today the area is home to shops, cafes, pubs, two markets selling crafts, jewelry, souvenirs, and goods.

It is a popular spot for street entertainers and you’ll often find crowds of people gathered around an entertainer here. The area has long served as an area of entertainment and the first known Punch and Judy like puppet show in England was performed here in 1662! An easy area to find a bite to eat if you are hungry as there are dozens of bars and restaurants here.

Now you can walk on to St. Paul’s Cathedral (20-25 minutes) or take public transit.

St Paul’s Cathedral

St Paul’s Cathedral (fee*) is an Anglican church designed by Sir Christopher Wren in the English Baroque style. The present church was consecrated in 1697; however, it sits on the same site as the former medieval church of the same name which was badly damaged by fire. Today it is the seat of the Bishop of London and one of the most important churches in London.

The Cathedral was the tallest building in London for almost 200 years, and although no longer the tallest it can still been seen from many places in London and is one of the most recognizable places on the city skyline. The Cathedral has been the site of many famous services and events, including the state funerals of Lord Nelson and Winston Churchill, jubilee celebrations for both Queen Victoria and Queen Elizabeth II, and royal weddings such as that of Prince Charles to Princess Diana.

St. Paul’s Cathedral was a symbol of resilience during WW2 as images of the recognizable Dome still standing after the Blitz gave hope to people (although the church was damaged), and Churchill would give orders to try to protect the church at all costs. Services were held here after both WW1 and WW2 to give thanks for their end and to pray for peace.

Admission prices include an audioguide for self-guided visits or you can join a regular guided tour of the church. St. Paul’s Cathedral is a busy tourist attraction so be sure to allot enough time, especially if you want to climb the steps to the dome which can have a long line.

If you are planning to visit without a London Pass, especially in the summer months, we recommend booking your ticket online in advance to save money on admission and to get skip the line access.

Worshippers attending a church service or wanting to pray in one of the side chapels can enter for free.

St. Paul's Cathedral 6 days in London itinerary

An Alternative or additional stop in the area may be the Museum of London , which is a great free museum dedicated to the history of London. 

Tate Modern

Now you can cross the Millennium Bridge, a popular pedestrian bridge, to reach the Tate Modern , the largest international modern art gallery in the UK. The museum’s location is unusual as it is based in a former power station building. The museum displays both a permanent collection as well as several temporary exhibitions throughout the year.

Personally I prefer the Tate Britain (also in London) since I tend to like older art, but this is a must-see for modern and contemporary art lovers and has some great masterpieces. The museum is free to visit. 

Shakespeare’s Globe

A short walk away you’ll come to a famous white theater building. First let me say that the current Shakespeare’s Globe theater (fee*) is not the original and in fact this one only dates to 1997! The original Globe Theatre was built in 1599, destroyed by fire in 1613, rebuilt in 1614, and then demolished in 1644.

The current one is a realistic reconstruction of the original (with concessions to modern health and safety requirements) and is located very close to the site of the original. The man behind the rebuilding of the Globe is the late American actor and director Sam Wanamaker , who sadly died before the Globe was completed.

The complex also has a museum exhibition about Shakespeare’s work and the original theater, a smaller candle-lit indoor theatre called the Sam Wanamaker Playhouse, and an educational and rehearsal space. Today the public can visit the exhibition and take a guided tour of the theater, which allows visitors to experience what it would have been like to go to a theater in the Elizabethan era as either a lord or lady or as a poor groundling.

You can also get tickets for performances at both the Globe (summer only) and the Sam Wanamaker Playhouse (year round).

Shakespeare's Globe Theater 6 days in London itinerary

Enjoy a West End Show or Hit a Club

Tonight is a perfect evening to go see a West End Show performance, a performance in Shakespeare’s Globe, or other theater or concert event. London is full of nightlife throughout the year—concerts, shows, theater, opera, circuses, comedy shows—so you shouldn’t have a problem finding something that will appeal.

If you are planning to go to a theater performance, you can book tickets in advance online before your trip (recommended if there is a performance you really want to see) or try to find a deal once you are in the city.

Here are some tips for buying London theatre tickets . Note that London Pass users typically have access to theater ticket discounts on certain West End shows. Also check out what is happening at the Royal Albert Hall during your visit, this world-famous venue hosts everything from classical concerts to rock bands to tennis matches!

If you prefer a club or a bar to a theater, London has some of the best clubs in Europe. Here is a list of some of London’s top clubs to get you started. Note that most bars stop serving drinks between 11am and 2am, and here is a guide to some of London’s  late night bars .

London Itinerary Day 4 – Day excursion & Camden

If you have 6 days in London, I would head out of central London for at least one day. Today I’d recommend visiting one of the major attractions outside the city in the morning and then spending the afternoon in the borough of Camden. Camden is well-known for its markets, canals, zoo, and Regent’s Park.

Alternatively, if you are not interested in visiting Camden, you could try visiting two of the recommended morning attractions (e.g., Windsor Castle and Kew Gardens). You’ll need to use public transit to reach the morning attractions and to get to Camden but the attractions in Camden are all within walking distance.

what to do with 6 days in London itinerary

Visit an Out of Central London Attraction

In the morning I’d recommend heading to one attraction on the outskirts of London or just outside the city. All of these are popular and busy attractions so getting there around opening time is wise idea! Here are our top recommendations to choose from:

Option 1: Windsor Castle

Windsor Castle (fee*) was built as a defensive fortification by William the Conqueror in the 11th century. Today it is the largest and longest continuously occupied royal residence in the world. Much of the castle’s magnificent State Rooms were designed and built in the 19th century, and the castle is a common weekend home for Queen Elizabeth II.

Highlights here include the State Apartments, Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House, and the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel. You can also see the Changing of the Guards ceremony here on certain days which is a similar but much smaller version of the ceremony that takes place in front of Buckingham Palace.

There is an excellent audioguide included with admission and you can also join offered guided tours at the castle. Note that the castle can get very busy, especially in the summer, so try to arrive at opening time or alternatively you may want to visit in the afternoon.

To get here you need to take a train out of London. You cannot use an Oyster Card and will need to buy a rail ticket. Windsor Castle tickets can also be purchased here . 

buying The London Pass tips advice

Option 2: Hampton Court Palace  

Hampton Court Palace (fee*) is a former royal palace, originally built in the 16th century for Cardinal Thomas Wolsey, a powerful person during the time of King Henry VIII. However, Wolsey would fall out of favor with the king (as most people did) and Henry would confiscate his house and use it as his own palace.

The huge Tudor and Baroque style royal palace was used by British monarchs until the 18th century and is now a popular tourist destination. The palace is huge and you could spend all day exploring its many rooms, but luckily the self-guided tours are broken up by themes so you can decide which parts of the palace are of most interest to you. The gardens, the tennis court, and hedge maze are also definitely worth exploring here.

This is a must-see for anyone interested in King Henry VIII and Tudor history. The palace is located in outer London and can be reached by public transportation. Tickets can be bought in advance here .

Hampton Court Palace 6 days in London itinerary

Option 3: Kew Gardens

Kew Gardens (fee*) is considered one of the best botanical gardens in the world, housing over 8 million specimens. The gardens have “the largest and most diverse botanical and mycological collections in the world”, representing “over 95% of known flowering plant genera and more than 60% of known fungal genera”!  

Some highlights include the Palm House, Temperate House, Waterlily House, and Treetop walkway. A trip here offers more than just plants, as you can also visit art galleries, the Great Pagoda, and tour Kew Palace, a former royal residence located within the gardens.

You can explore at your own pace or join one of the garden’s guided walk tours that come free with entry. This is a must-see for any garden lover. Kew Gardens are located in outer London and can be reached by public transportation. Tickets can be bought in advance here .

Kew Gardens 6 days in London itinerary

Option 4: Warner Brothers Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter 

If you are a Harry Potter fan you might want to consider spending the morning at the Warner Brothers Studio located just outside the city. This film studio was where all eight of the Harry Potter films were actually filmed, and they have retained many of the original sets, clothing, and props from the movies.

On the largely self-guided The Making of Harry Potter tour  (fee), you can visit the Great Hall, the railway station, numerous filming locations from inside Hogwarts, the Forbidden Forest, and Diagon Alley. You’ll learn many of the secrets of how the films were made, have the opportunity to drink Butterbeer, and explore giant gift shops full of all things Harry Potter.

Many people take 3.5 to 4 hours to visit here. So you’ll want to take this into account in planning your day as well as the time it will take you get there. This will be a full day trip for some.

T o get to the Studio, you can take a National Rail train (London Euston most convenient) to the Watford Junction station and then you can take the studio tour shuttle from the station to the film studios. You must book your tickets in advance online and have the voucher with you on your visit. You can also book a tour from central London that will take you directly to and from the studio so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. 

Check out our detailed guide to the Harry Potter Studio Tour for more information, tips, and photos.

Diagon Alley 6 days in London itinerary

Explore Camden

After a morning spent exploring a royal palace, marveling at Hogwarts’ Great Hall, or wandering around one of the world’s best botanical gardens, you might want to head to the borough of Camden.

Camden is a diverse neighborhood that has been home to a number of famous people over the centuries from Charles Dickens to Sigmund Freud to Amy Winehouse.

Once an industrial area known for shipping gin, it is now known for its markets, music scene, street art, and alternative fashion stores. It is also home to Regent’s Park and the London Zoo, and Camden Lock is a popular place to start a canal boat ride along the Regent’s Canal. 

Camden Market 6 days in London itinerary

Camden Market

Camden Market is not a single market, but consists of several different markets within walking distance of each other. Market stalls sell just about everything including food, clothing, crafts, art, souvenirs, and more.

In addition to the market stalls, you’ll also find restaurants, bars, dance clubs, and other entertainment spaces here. It is a popular tourist destination as well as a meet-up spot for Londoners. Although the Camden Market is open daily, you’ll find it at its busiest and with the most open stalls on the weekends. Great place to find something to eat.

The ZSL London Zoo (fee*) is the world’s oldest scientific zoo and it was originally begun with a royal collection of animals that has been previously kept at the Tower of London. Today the zoo animals include lions, hippos, otters, gorillas, tigers, and giraffes. The newest exhibition is the Land of Lions which features a large interactive exhibit for its endangered Asiatic lions.

The London Zoo also has a Reptile House, an aquarium, an aviary, and a large collection of insects. There are several places to eat, shop, and you can even take a photography workshop or spend the night in the zoo.

lion London Zoo 6 days in London itinerary

The Regent’s Park

The Regent’s Park is a large 410 acre royal park that is mainly open parkland. In the northern end you’ll find the London Zoo, but you’ll also find lots of open spaces, gardens, sporting pitches and facilities, children’s playgrounds, sculptures, memorials, and an open air theater. You can also rent a boat to row across its lake (seasonal), climb Primrose Hill for a nice view of London, or enjoy the roses at Queen Mary Gardens.

There are also homes located in Regent’s Park, including Winfeld House, which has been the official residence of the U.S. Ambassador to the UK since after World War 2. A great place to have a break or enjoy a picnic (there is a restaurant located in the center of the park or bring your own food). 

Madame Tussauds

If you still have time and energy, you can cross Regent’s Park’s (by foot or bus) and you can visit Madame Tussauds. Madame Tussauds (fee) is a museum displaying the waxworks of famous and historic people from Tudor royalty to current Hollywood film stars.

The museum was started by an interesting French woman  Marie Tussaud  who traveled around Europe with her wax figure collection until opening a permanent location in 1835. Although many of the original figures have been destroyed or damaged by fire or bombing, some of Tussaud’s original figures still exist as well as older ones she inherited.

The oldest existing figure displayed in the collection is one modeled after Madame du Barry dating from 1765, but the museum also includes everyone from Queen Elizabeth II to the band One Direction to Angelina Jolie.

Although not for everyone, it is a popular place to take a selfie with your favorite stars. The museum has become a popular London attraction and there are now branches of Madame Tussauds around the world, but if you are only going to visit one, I’d visit the original! See our guide to visiting Madame Tussauds for more information.

Alternative places you may want to visit in the area include the Sherlock Holmes Museum  (fee) and the Jewish Museum (fee). Note that if you are a fan of Amy Winehouse, you’ll find a Amy Winehouse statue near the Stables Market, street art dedicated to her memory throughout the area, and there was an exhibition at the Jewish Museum about her life and career when we last visited.

6 days in London itinerary

London Itinerary Day 5 – Kensington

Today I’d suggest exploring the London borough of Kensington & Chelsea, with a particular focus on South Kensington. This affluent area of the city is full of museums, galleries, stores, and world-class entertainment venues. Everything on the main itinerary is within walking distance (or a short public transit ride if you prefer).

what to do with 6 days in London itinerary

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace (fee*) is a royal residence set in Kensington Gardens. It began as a fairly humble 17th century two-storey Jacobean mansion and was expanded by the royal family into the giant royal residence it is today.

The palace might be best associated with Queen Victoria as it was here that she spent much of her unhappy childhood and first learned that she was queen. More recently it was the official residence of Prince Charles, Princess Diana, and their two sons.

Today it is still an official private residence and workplace for many royals including Prince William and Prince Harry, but the State Rooms are open to the public. There is a lot to see here and it can be a bit confusing to try to wander around on your own, but luckily the palace has put together several different self-guided routes based on different themes and people (e.g., King’s Apartments, Queen Victoria, royal fashion) to help you get the most of your visit.

There is a cafe here and the garden is a nice place to enjoy a cup of tea if the weather is pleasant.  This palace can be very busy, especially in the summer months or when they have a popular exhibition. If you don’t have a London Pass I would recommend booking your ticket in advance here and if you do have a London Pass, I’d recommend arriving near opening time.

Kensington Palace 6 days in London itinerary

Kensington Gardens

After visiting Kensnigton Palace, if the weather is nice, I’d spend some time exploring Kensington Gardens and adjacent Hyde Park. Within this large green space, you’ll find a number of gardens, sporting area, statues, biking trails, and boat rentals (seasonal).

Some of the notable places to see or visit include the Serpentine Gallery, Serpentine Sackler Gallery, the Princess Diana Memorial, Peter Pan statue, the Elfin Oak, and the ornate Albert Memorial. An easy place to spend an hour or two.

Royal Albert Hall

The Royal Albert Hall  is a world-class performance venue that was opened in 1871 by Queen Victoria. The hall has hosted just about every kind of event which have included concerts by Richard Wagner, wartime speeches by Winston Churchill, rock concerts by the Beatles, tennis tournaments, Cirque du Soleil performances, and Star Wars films accompanied by a live symphony orchestra.

It has been host to the BBC Proms for decades. If you are interested in going inside, you can take a guided tour of the Royal Albert Hall (fee*). Guided tours include the original carriage entrance, the auditorium, gallery, royal private box, and the private suites of the royal family.

If you’d rather come for a performance, you can head inside to the Ticket Office. Note if you are on a small budget, inexpensive standing room only tickets are available for some performances, including the BBC Proms.

Royal Albert Hall 6 days in London itinerary

Kensington Museums

It’s museum time! Kensington is one of our favorite areas for museums as it has loads of them, and the best part is that almost all of them are free to visit! Let’s talk about the three main museums, and you can choose your favorite or dive into all three.

First you have The Science Museum which has information and exhibits on a range of scientific topics from genetics and electricity to space travel and virtual reality. There are loads of interactive exhibits that are both fun and educational. The museum also has an IMAX theater (fee*).

Next you have the Natural History Museum and its giant life and earth science specimens are housed in a beautiful building that looks more like a cathedral than a museum. Its collection holds over 80 million items and you can see everything from dinosaur skeletons to specimens collected by Charles Darwin to a giant mineral collection. There is also a seasonal butterfly house (fee) at the museum.

The  Victoria & Albert Museum , often referred to as the V&A Museum, is the world’s largest museum of decorative arts and design, with over 2 million objects in its collection that spans 5,000 years of human history! You’ll find everything from Greek pillars to Chinese vases to Alexander McQueen gowns here. The museum is also known for hosting popular temporary exhibitions (fee) throughout the year.

Kensington is well-known as a shopping destination with many of its most famous stores located along Kensington High Street, Brompton Road, King’s Road, and Sloane Street.

Among the hundreds of stores, you’ll find popular antique stores, the British department store Harvey Nichols, and the world-famous Harrods with its 1 million square feet of retail space which sells everything from speciality food to designer shoes!

Harrods was started by Charles Henry Harrods as a small family-run shop, but like many British landmark institutions it is sadly now owned by foreign corporations (in this case the state of Qatar). In addition to shopping, you might also want to stop for an afternoon tea, such as this fashion inspired afternoon tea in Knightsbridge.

If you prefer a market, the Portobello Road Market in Chelsea is a popular market and at its best on Saturdays. There are many cafes and restaurants in this area if you are here at dinner time.

Prêt-à-Portea Tea at The Berkeley London

Alternatives : There are many other things to see in the area (mostly in Chelsea), including the Chelsea Physic Garden (fee*), Leighton House Museum (fee), Design Museum , Portobello Road Market, Chelsea Football Club Stadium Tour & Museum (fee*), and the recently renovated National Army Museum (fee*).

London Itinerary Day 6 – Greenwich or Free Day

For your final day in London, consider spending the day in the London borough of Greenwich. Greenwich is world-famous as the traditional location of the Prime Meridian and for its observatory, but it also has a number of historical buildings, museums, a market, a giant park, and a famous tea clipper. A large portion of Greenwich, and most of today’s suggested itinerary, is part of the UNESCO World Heritage Site known as Maritime Greenwich.

Or alternatively leave this day free to wander around London’s streets and parks, do some shopping, or catch up on places you missed on prior days. Maybe you want to simply spend a day relaxing by the Thames, exploring the latest art exhibits, buying gifts for loved ones back home, or checking out vintage clothing shops. 

This is also a perfect day to follow your specific interests and passions, whether it is searching for  Harry Potter in London , checking out London’s best pubs, visiting Winston Churchill sites , taking a Jack the Ripper tour , checking off London’s World Heritage sites , exploring London’s street art, or finding the perfect fish & chips shop. 

what to do with 6 days in London itinerary

The Cutty Sark (fee*) is a British clipper ship built in Scotland on the River Clyde in 1869. The ship is historically significant for being one of the last tea clipper ships ever built and one of the last clipper ships of this period still in existence. The ship was originally used to carry tea from China to England as quickly as possible and would visit almost every major world port during its life at sea.

In later years as steam-powered ships became popular, the Cutty Sark was used for cargo transport and then as a training ship. It was dry docked here in 1954 and is now one of the area’s most popular tourist attractions.

A tour of the Cutty Sark allows you to see the ship’s interior, learn about the ship’s history and what it was like at sea in Victorian times, hear stories of the people on board the ship, and see the ship’s hull up close as you walk underneath it. There is also a cafe on board where you can grab sandwiches or have afternoon tea (if you want a full afternoon tea, book it in advance). 

Tickets can be purchased in advance here .

Cutty Sark 6 days in London itinerary

Old Royal Naval College

The Old Royal Naval College is a set of buildings designed by Christopher Wren whose original purpose was to serve as a place to care for and house retired seamen. Later the large building complex was used as a naval training college and today is used for a number of functions, and many of the buildings are open to the public.

We’d recommend starting your visit at the Greenwich Visitor Centre which has some helpful information, displays, and artifacts. Then you can wander around the site to admire the buildings, and you can visit the Chapel and the beautiful Painted Hall, painted by James Thornhill in the early 18th century. Guided tours can also sometimes be arranged for those with a special interest to see more areas of the complex not usually open to the public.

Before the Old Royal Naval College was built, the Palace of Placentia (better known as Greenwich Palace) sat here which was the birthplace of King Henry VIII and his daughters and later queens Mary I and Elizabeth I. You can learn more about it in the Greenwich Visitor Centre.

National Maritime Museum

The National Maritime Museum is a great museum dedicated to the dramatic maritime history of Britain. The museum covers about everything related to the sea from shipping and trading, fishing, technology development, the Atlantic Slave trade, pirates and explorers, war battles at sea, leisure cruises, and the life of seamen throughout the ages. You’ll even find J.M.W. Turners’ largest painting The Battle of Trafalgar here.

The museum is packed with information, exhibits, and fun interactive bits. The museum is free to visit.  Not far away you can also visit the  Queen’s House , a beautiful and architecturally significant former royal residence designed by Inigo Jones.

Greenwich 6 days in London itinerary

Greenwich Park

Greenwich Park is yet another of the large royal parks in London that was once a royal hunting park. Here in its 183 green acres,you’ll find a number of attractions, historical ruins, memorials, sporting fields, a deer park, and gardens.

Our favorites are the rose garden, the Ranger’s House which houses the Wernher Collection of art, and the Royal Observatory Greenwich. Note that the hill in the park is a bit steep but those who climb the hill are also rewarded by a nice view of London.

Greenwich Park 6 days in London itinerary

Royal Observatory Greenwich

The Royal Observatory Greenwich  (fee*) is a well-known observatory that has played a significant role in the history of astronomy and navigation. It is known as the location of the prime meridian and gave its name to Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) and sits first on the meridian line.

The observatory is now maintained as a museum and visitors can learn about the history and discoveries at the observatory, stand on the famous Meridian line, visit Flamsteed House, see a camera obscura, and see the great equatorial telescope.

Admission includes an audioguide to make the most of your self-guided visit. You can buy your tickets in advance here .

Nearby is the interactive Astronomy Centre (free to visit) and the attached Peter Harrison Planetarium (fee), which is currently London’s only planetarium. 

Royal Observatory Greenwich 6 days in London itinerary

Greenwich Market

Greenwich Market has been in existence since the 18th century and is one of London’s best covered markets. The market sells food, clothing, flowers, antiques, crafts, souvenirs, art, and more. There are also a number of pubs and restaurants nearby. A great area to grab a snack or meal.

Isle of Dogs

If you are looking for a walk underneath the River Thames, you can take a walk across the Greenwich Foot Tunnel to the Isle of Dogs. The Isle of Dogs is surrounded by the Thames on three sides and while once na industrial dock area, it is mainly a residential area now. The view from the Island Gardens across the river of the Queen’s House and Greenwich Hospital was depicted by Canaletto in a few of his paintings.

From here you can walk back across the tunnel to Greenwich or take public transit onto your destination.  Note that if you haven’t done a Thames cruise yet and still want to, you can pick up a boat at the Greenwich Pier near the Greenwich foot tunnel entrance.

Final Night Out? If you haven’t already taken in a West End Show or gone out for some of London’s nightlife, this is your last chance to do it. If you are looking for an earlier evening (big flight tomorrow?), consider splurging on a nice dinner to enjoy your final evening in London and talk about all the great things you saw and did during your 6 days in London!

Tower Bridge 6 days in London itinerary

Save Money on your 6 Days in London Trip with the London Pass

We wanted to give you an example of the cost savings over 6 days in London if you have a London Pass.

The following is based on the above itinerary although it doesn’t include every single attraction we suggested but includes what we believe is a realistic number for someone planning to actively sightsee based on the above itinerary.

Note, we have included images of the London Pass which was previously available as a physical product. As of 2021, the pass is only available as virtual product, which can be used through a smartphone app. The code can also be printed out for scanning.

London Pass 6 days in London itinerary

Here is the cost savings for 6 days in London for 2 people with the London Pass based on our itinerary above:

It’s also always worth comparing prices between the official site here and GetYourGuide here as sometimes one will be better value than the other.

As you can see in our example (with the 6 day pass) we ended up with a savings of £280.5 per person for a total cost savings of £561. This is definitely a considerable amount for six days of sightseeing!

Even if we had visited significantly fewer sites during the six days in London, we would have still saved money with the London Pass. A general rule is that you need to visit an average of 2 to 3 attractions per day to save money with a 6 day London Pass.

We highly recommend that all visitors check out the London Pass, especially if it is your first visit to London. It covers free entry to over 80 attractions and museums, plus a number of discounts on tours, restaurants, souvenirs, and theater tickets. Not only will it save many visitors money, it also saves times by providing fast track entry into certain busy sites.

However it is not a great fit for everyone, and if you are not sure if it is a good fit or not, read our full review of the London Pass to help you decide as it breaks down the features, ways to purchase, how to calculate your cost savings, and more.

A detailed 6 day London itinerary that provides a detailed suggested itinerary for each day, daily walking maps, tips on how to save money, and loads of suggestions on how to make the most of your six days in London England.

There you have our suggested London itinerary on how to spend 6 days in London. If you were planning a trip to London, which of these places would be must-sees on your itinerary? If you’ve visited London, what were you favorite spots in London? If you are planning a visit to London and have any questions about the itinerary or visiting London, just ask them in the comments below and as always we are happy to help!

Share this Post!

There are 90 comments on this post.

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Caroline Post author

November 27, 2023 at 8:42 am

Fantastic itinerary! Your detailed suggestions make planning my upcoming 6-day London trip a breeze. Can’t wait to explore these iconic spots and soak in the city’s charm. Thanks for the insights!

Jessica & Laurence Norah Post author

November 29, 2023 at 4:05 pm

Hi Caroline,

So happy to hear that you are finding our London itinerary helpful, just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip!

Best, Jessica

Albert Post author

October 12, 2023 at 2:26 am

My name is Albert, I was very impressed after reading your article and I also got a lot of information. I also went on a trip to London once and enjoyed it a lot and that time I stayed at Edward Hotel. I have enjoyed your service a lot.

October 12, 2023 at 11:32 am

Thanks for taking the time to comment, and so happy to hear that you found our London itinerary and travel information helpful in visiting London! Glad you had such a great stay and hope you have a chance to return to London again.

Happy travels! Jessica

Alexis Post author

April 8, 2023 at 4:46 pm

I just bought my airline tickets last Tuesday for travel the last week of September . I am traveling solo and now I need to start making the rest of my plans. This article has been incredibly helpful as London is a large city and I am overwhelmed! I am subscribed to your newsletter and look forward to gathering more information. Thank you for all the effort you put into this article and all the resources provided!

April 10, 2023 at 12:17 pm

Thanks so much for taking the time to comment and let us know that our London article has been helpul. Obviously, I would suggest editing the London itinerary to best suit your interests, pace, etc. but hopefully it will give you some good ideas on what you might want to see/do and how to organize your days. If you have any questions as you begin to book the rest of your trip, just ask!

Coleen Post author

February 25, 2023 at 8:39 am

Our group of 4 adults is planning a 5-day trip to London in late April to early May. We’ve been struggling over how best to allocate our time in the city. Your post’s itineraries are a wonderful resource for us! Thank you for all the work you’ve put into it!

February 25, 2023 at 10:58 pm

You’re very welcome and glad our London itinerary ideas have been helpful in planning your Spring trip. If you have any questions as you plan your trip, feel free to just ask!

Wishing you a wonderful trip to London!

Tom Post author

January 12, 2023 at 8:23 pm

This is how detailed and comprehensive a guide should be! Thanks for this, Jessica! Hoping to read more itineraries from your trips.

January 14, 2023 at 2:31 am

Thank you very much for your nice comment, and glad you are enjoying our London itinerary. It is a city we have spent a lot of time in. We do have other itineraries on our travel blogs (we also run Finding the Universe) that might be helpful for future trips elsewhere.

January 17, 2023 at 2:13 am

Thanks for mentioning your other blog site, I found the Cost of Travel in Uk blog very helpful. Anyway, since you’ve been or spent a lot in London, what do you think of private tours with GowithGuide, is it worth it? in terms of travel with family of DIY itinerary is still doable regardless of number of people traveling in London?

January 19, 2023 at 6:27 am

I don’t have any specific thoughts about GowithGuide and haven’t used this site for a private tour. But if you do hire a guide for a private tour in London, I’d recommend a licensed Blue Badge guide as they tend to be the best (and are the only people who can guide within certain places). If traveling with kids, it is best to find a tour guide who specifically does family tours as some of the guides can pack too much in or plan tours that aren’t very interesting to kids/teens. And yes, guides are normally able to do a set itinerary of their suggestions or you just pay them by the hour (plus all transport/entrance fees) to do a DIY itinerary that you decide in advance with your guide. So definitely good to ask all your questions before booking if planning to hire a private guide.

A private guide is definitely going to add a lot of extra cost to your trip, so I would think about if you feel you need one or not. London is a pretty easy city to see independently if you speak English so you definitely do not need one. So it just depends on if you think it would be worth the cost or not. Certainly a good guide can be priceless, especially if you have an interest in learning more about the history and backgrounds of the places you are visiting and for local recommendations.

We tend to just join tours within sites (e.g., tour the Parliament) and to do general city walking tours (e.g., an introduction to London tour or a Jack the Ripper tour). These are generally not that expensive as they are group tours and are generally 2-4 hours in length. Some are led by site guides (e.g., Parliament) or companies like Take Walks , City Wonders, or Context Travel.

Anyway, hope that helps!

January 23, 2023 at 11:00 pm

Hi Jessica, thank you for your input! I’ll take your suggestions/recommendations into consideration. Thanks a lot!

Babu Kaji Sitaula Post author

July 20, 2022 at 2:50 am

One of the most comprehensive guides to London that I have recently seen is this one. I’ve been to a good number of these sights, but there are still a ton left to see.

July 22, 2022 at 11:49 am

Thanks Babu for taking the time to comment. Glad you have enjoyed so many great places in London but this itinerary inspired you to visit still more places. I don’t think you can ever fully see a bit city like London – always something more to see or do 😉

Saras Mahara Post author

September 26, 2021 at 4:38 am

Most a wonderful and informative site. We would also like to see a day of countryside out of London, what would you recommend. I day we have a trip to Paris.

September 26, 2021 at 6:00 am

Glad you are finding our suggested London itinerary helpful in planning your trip. There are lots of countryside locations all around southern England so you will have no shortage of choices. But it really depends on what you want to do there, do you want to just see the countryside, do you want to go hiking, or some other activity? Do you want to go on a guided tour or do you want to take the train out to a location and explore on your own? Some locations might be the Cotswolds for pretty villages and countryside or Kent which has lots of countryside walks.

For example, this guided tour takes in a number of popular Cotswolds villages and includes a lot of driving through local countryside. This is a very beautiful part of the country and near where we live.

If you are a fan of “Downton Abbey”, the Highclere Castle tours may be of interest as those tours include filming locations that are set in the Cotswolds countryside. Many of the tours also include a visit to a historical farm. Just note that the home is only open a limited number of days a year so it would depend on the dates of your visit. But you can see our Highclere Castle guide for more information on visiting.

If you are looking for a more of a day of hiking on your own, you could consider a hike in lots of places like the Cotswolds (perhaps a section of the Cotswolds Way), Kent (lots of countryside walks), or do a short section of the Thames Path (this long-distance path runs alongside the river and goes through London). You would just need to figure out where you want to hike and plan your transport to and from there.

For the Thames Path , you can combine a popular attraction visit with hiking as places like Hampton Court Palace and Windsor Castle are along the path. So you could get train or bus from London to Hampton Count Palace for instance, visit the palace and then do a afternoon hike from there along the river and then return back. If you’d rather bike than hike, there are also biking tours like this one to Hampton Court that you can join.

Those are just a few ideas, but there is a lot of potential countryside locations that may suit depending on what you want to do.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have further questions!

mike Post author

May 31, 2021 at 10:38 pm

Thank you so much for this serious and well-thought-out list! I’m on my way here second time and I can see I have a lot of catching up to do. I want to add that for anyone considering a longer stay, it is worth checking out the co-living option. I had a flat here last time and loved it.

June 2, 2021 at 5:27 am

Glad that our London itinerary is helpful in planning your second visit to London. Yes, if you are staying for several day or more, it can often save you money and be easier to rent a flat than pay for a hotel, just depends how you like to travel and what amenities you need.

We have a guide to booking holiday homes and flats in the UK here that gives you some of the best booking websites if you are searching for one!

Polly Taylor Post author

August 23, 2020 at 9:44 am

Great itinerary. I used to live in London and haven’t done nearly all of these! I love Greenwich and its market, and always has a pie and mash at a great little cafe there – not been south of the river for a while now but must take our daughter up to London to explore before too long.

August 24, 2020 at 6:47 am

Yes, we love Greenwich – it is a great place to spend a day! Hope you get a chance to visit London with your daughter soon.

Victoria Post author

January 8, 2020 at 10:20 am

So happy to find this! I goofed on calendar dates and booked Harry Potter 1st on our trip instead of the walking tour you suggest. We arrive in June on a Sat late. Booked Harry Potter for Monday not knowing there is no changing of the guard on Tuesday for the tour. And it looks like no tours are booked on Sundays. What do you recommend we do 1st Sunday? Pretty much want to see all you mention in your itinerary, I guess I’m just out of order. 1st time visitor to the UK. Thank you!

January 8, 2020 at 12:20 pm

Hi Victoria,

Don’t worry, you can do the days in really any order, so I would just book any tours on the days that work best for you and for what’s happening (such as the changing of the guard). You can leave your Harry Potter tour as is or switch it to a better day, but I would not be too worried about the order. But yes, you do need to check opening hours/days and schedules for the attractions you really want to visit. For instance, I think Westminster Abbey is also closed on Sundays for public visits (services only).

For the Changing of the Guard, if you are interested in seeing it as part of one of the walking tours, I’d just join the tour on a day the changing of the guard is scheduled to happen. Just note that weather and royal events can affect the ceremony as well, so just keep that in mind. But I’d just do the Westminster highlights on that day, in however it fits into your schedule. If the tour doesn’t work into your schedule, you can of course just head over on your own to see the Changing of the Guard, just be sure to try to get to the palace well before it starts so you can find a place to stand.

For Sunday, I think Kensington would be a good area to explore. There is the palace, the parks and gardens, Royal Albert Hall, several free museums, and lots of shopping opportunities in that area. So you have lots of choices of how to structure your day. As far as I can think of (but do double check all the places you definitely want to visit), all the main attractions are usually open on Sundays. Just note that Sunday is generally going to be a busier day for museums and attractions as you have all the local people off work and it is a day a lot of families go out – but this is going to be true of any place in London (especially free places).

If you are planning on using a London Pass (or other tourist pass), it is only valid for a set number of consecutive days. So I would just make sure you go to the things included on your pass within the allocated number of days once you activate the pass.

The other thing to note is that we list a lot of options and alternatives for each day of our London itinerary, and it is designed to help give you an area to explore each day and a suggested route. You can’t of course visit all the places (especially if you want to really go inside and spend time) we mention under each day and do all the extra tours and activities we mention. So I’d use each day as a guide for the area you are visiting and the major attractions, and then focus on all the places that are must-sees, whether you want to really visit each place or just view it from the outside (and how long you think the visit will take), and then make a list for “other things that I’d like to see here if there is time”. This can really help prioritize your days, especially if you encounter delays or you decide to spend longer than expected somewhere.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any other questions as you plan your trip to the UK!

Helen Post author

October 29, 2019 at 9:54 am

Your suggestions have been so helpful. We area going to London next month! We hope to see some of the Christmas markets while we are there. I am not sure if I missed it, but how long per day (approximately) from start to finish to fit in the itinerary? We generally like to move at a leisurely pace and so I would want to make some adjustments if it is a little overwhelming for us. Thanks again for all your ideas! Helen

October 29, 2019 at 1:30 pm

Happy to hear our itinerary is helpful! Our London itinerary is just a general suggestion for how you could spend 6 days in London. We discuss more attractions than you’d want to squeeze into each day to give you choices. So I’d use it more to base each day. The days are laid out to give you a good roadmap but you’ll want to adjust as needed. I’d take into account which attractions are of interest and for those you want to visit, how long you’d want to spend at each (taking into account security and lines).

For example, for Day 1 describes a walking route focused on Westminster, joining together a number of historical and popular attractions and sights. You could complete the general sightseeing path in an hour or so on foot, but then you want to add in time for each attraction you want to stop and visit, breaks, meals, etc. Some people may want to just spend a few minutes seeing Westminster Abbey from the outside and then move on and others will want to go inside and spend a couple of hours touring it, so it is really dependent on the traveler. If as part of the walk, you want to visit Westminster Abbey (for an estimated 1.5 hours), stop for lunch (for estimated 1 hour), visit the National Gallery (for an estimated 2 hours), and stop in to see the Banqueting Hall (estimated 40 minutes) as part of the route, that would fill up most of your day.

Our itineraries are definitely designed for a full day of sightseeing (after breakfast to dinner), so yes I would definitely adjust down for a more leisurely day out. And take into account other things you want to do such as the Christmas markets. For example you may want to try to take out a day out of the itinerary and try to do 5 of the days over 6 days.

Hope that helps! Jessica

BK Lim Post author

October 12, 2019 at 8:20 pm

Can I check if this London itinerary is recommended for summer? I’m going in Nov/Dec and I was told the days are shorter.

October 13, 2019 at 12:34 am

Our London itinerary will work any time of the year and just about all the places mentioned are opened year-round. Our 6 day London itinerary is a suggestion though and you’ll want to edit it to your specific schedule and preferences.

The daylight hours will, of course, be shorter in London in the winter months than in the summer months. Also some of the attraction opening hours may be a bit shorter than in the summer months. So you may not be able to see or do quite as much as you could in the summer months. Our 6 day London itinerary provides lots of suggestions for each day, and you can still use it to guide each day. But you will probably want to maybe aim for no more than 3 major attractions (to go inside) each day.

Hope that helps, Jessica

Luciana Post author

July 10, 2019 at 5:08 pm

Thanks for such a great article! I’ll be in London next month for the first time in my life and you’ve been of great help. I’ve been reading about the London Pass, and they offer some interesting excursions on their app, but the problem is I haven’t been able to find their price. Could you help me? Thanks in advance!

July 11, 2019 at 3:20 pm

Hi Luciana, Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful. I am not 100% sure which excursions you are referring to but London Pass holders do get discounted prices on some tours outside of London, and you can view these and their prices and book them here . Hope that helps! Best, Jessica

Patty Post author

July 1, 2019 at 10:49 am

Thank you for the amazing 6-day London Itinerary! My husband, two adult daughters and I will be visiting London for 7 days in September (13th – 19th) for the first time. We’ve been doing a lot of research and have put together a tentative itinerary. I do have a couple questions I hope you can answer. Is it wise to visit Westminster Abbey at opening time one day and the Tower of London first thing on another day? Do you think the queues will be long that time of year? Is there a way to buy a ticket or book a tour to avoid the queues? It looks like I can buy a ticket on the Westminster Abbey website for a particular day and time block (9:30-11:30 am) so assume it’s not a timed entry and will wait for entrance. It looks like the Tower Of London tickets don’t offer a timed entry either. Thanks for any advice you can provide.

July 3, 2019 at 10:02 am

Hi Patty, Yes, Tower of London in particular we recommend visiting when it first opens as it doesn’t absorb crowds that well in certain areas such as the line to see the Crown Jewels which can get busy and long. We were the first group in on our last visit and didn’t have any long waits. Westminster Abbey is also always busy but does absorb crowds better, but can be good to visit near opening if it fits in your schedule. Kensington Palace is another site in London that is best to try to visit near opening if it is on your list.

London is a popular and busy destination year round but September is not going to be nearly as busy as July and August so attractions will be busy but should not be super busy. We normally visit with the London Pass so we just try to arrive near opening for busiest places and then visit less busy places later in the day.

Yes, Westminster Abbey does offer fast-track entry tickets (only sold by them online) for most days and times. We have not used these but you get to avoid the ticket lines and I think you should be able to go through a faster security line. But you may want to send them an email or call them to confirm this. The tickets are sold by time blocks so you just need to be in line before that time period ends to use your ticket.

For the Tower of London, you can currently pre-purchase tickets online for entry to avoid the ticket line but I don’t think it gets you into a priority line.

If you you are interested in a walking tour (and all 4 of you are reasonably fit), this tour by Take Walks is a great one to consider. It is organized in a way so that you see as much as possible in one day and includes tours of both of the Tower of London and Westminster Abbey as well as Changing of the Guard ceremony and more. One great advantage is the guide is a Blue Badge guide so can do tours inside both attractions. So that might be something to consider for your first or second full day in London.

MDHegs Post author

June 24, 2019 at 11:13 am

Excellent itinerary!! My wife and I will be visiting for 8-days in August and have secured lodging near Madame Tussaud’s and Regent’s Park. We have already received our Visitor Oyster Card and selected this location due to it’s close proximity to a couple of underground lines. Is this a suitable location, in your opinion?? I am using your itinerary as a baseline and filling in with specific markets, for dining and a walking tour or two to dig a little deeper into some history and culture. On day 7 we are going up to Highgate Cemetery with Take Walks … Can’t wait!! Thank you for the excellent post!!

June 24, 2019 at 5:55 pm

Hi there, Yes, I think that as long as you are somewhat central and near a good public transit line, you should be able to easily do a lot of sightseeing in London. Regents Park is a nice area, and there are two Underground stations really close together there (Baker Street and Regent’s Park). You are just a 15 to 20 minute Tube ride from the very center of the city so it should not take you too long to reach any of the places in our 6 day London itinerary except of course if you head out to Kew Gardens, Windsor, etc.

The Highgate Cemetery tour sounds interesting, that must be new to Take Walks, we’ll have to check it out!

Wishing you a great visit to London, Jessica

Beverly Post author

May 30, 2019 at 2:59 am

Did you stay in the same hotel for the 6 days or did you book different hotels according to your itinerary? Thank you

May 30, 2019 at 7:34 am

Hi Beverly, We would recommend staying in the same hotel, which is why we recommend a centrally located hotel so you are closer to most of London’s attractions. But you could split up in stay in 2 places if you really wanted to do so of course, but I’d probably recommend just one place if you can so you don’t have pack up and move hotels in the middle of your visit. Best, Jessica

Danny Doan Post author

May 28, 2019 at 11:37 am

Hi Jessica, Thank you so much for the 6 day itinerary. I have a couple of questions I hope you could answer. Do you know if the airbnb’s apartment in London have a safe box to put personal belongings in to? And are there any budget hotels in London that can accommodate a family of 4? My wife and I travel with our sons who are 17 and 18.

May 28, 2019 at 12:04 pm

Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful!

If you are thinking of an Airbnb in London (note we have personally NOT had good experiences in London with budget Airbnbs), most Airbnbs do not have a guest safe. But I am sure some do, but you will likely need to contact properties individually to ask if they offer a safe as it is not a feature you can currently search for and this as it is not often included in the descriptions. It is not typical if renting an Airbnb apartment. If having a safe is important, I’d recommend looking at budget hotels or apartment hotels instead as they are much more likely to have a safe box in the room.

Yes, most budget hotels can accommodate 4 persons. Most room configurations though are going to be 2 double beds, so if your sons are OK with sharing that could work for 1 room. Or try to find a family room that has 1 double and 2 singles or 2 doubles with a pull-out sofa. Otherwise, I’d probably recommend getting 2 separate rooms, one for you and your wife and one for your sons. You can search for rooms for 4 adults here on Booking.com .

Hope that helps, let me know if you have further questions.

May 28, 2019 at 6:14 pm

Thank you so much for you help.

melis Post author

May 25, 2019 at 1:36 am

I had stayed just 3 nights in Westminster, and it was totally enough to love that city. On my last day, I just tried to see something negative, but no way.. It might be only some expensive when you compare it with other European cities, I guess. And, this post… It looks like a formal guide, more than a blog content. Thank you…

May 25, 2019 at 7:52 am

Hi Melis, Yes, it is easy to love London, and we love staying in or near Westminster or elsewhere in central London. It is a great time for new visitors to the city as it makes it easy to walk to so many of the highlights like the Houses of Parliament, Westminster Abbey, and Buckingham Palace! Glad to hear that you didn’t have anything negative to say about your stay, and hope you return to see more of what London has to offer! Best, Jessica

Kathy Post author

May 20, 2019 at 6:52 pm

So much helpful advice here…thankyou! Re London Pass or London Explorer Pass…the former has a maximum 10 day pass whereas Explorer gives you 30 days, which is great for us. We will have 10 days in London and may want to vegetate a bit in between serious sightseeing!! Value your thoughts on this…am I missing something here? ( apart from different venues depending on your interests)

May 21, 2019 at 5:19 am

Hi Kathy, In terms of time the London Explore Pass may be good if you have more than 10 days in London and want to explore the attractions at any time during your visit. However, the London Pass gives you free entry to a lot more attractions (60+) than the London Explorer Pass which only allows you to visit up to 7 attractions (out of 20) plus sightseeing bus for 1 day. That included attractions are also different between the two.

I think the main thing to consider is what attractions do you know you want to visit? Then see if the London Explorer Pass is a good fit and includes those. If not, the 10 day London Pass may be a better fit.

Kathy J Post author

May 22, 2019 at 1:04 am

Thanks heaps Jessica! I’ve since been checking reviews and London Explorer Pass doesn’t seem to be a good option….not recognised at some venues etc. etc When 80% of reviews aren’t favourable I think it pays to steer clear!

May 22, 2019 at 4:42 am

Hi Kathy, The London Explorer Pass is sold by the same company as the London Pass, but it is just a different product. I haven’t heard anything negative about it (it should work as designed) but it works differently from the London Pass. I think the bad reviews are likely by people who did not know how it worked. It will definitely save you money if the attractions included fit where you want to visit. But if you are not sure, the London Pass gives you a much wider range of attractions to choose from and you can visit as many as you want during the consecutive day period. Hope that helps! Jessica

ALLISON brackett Post author

April 30, 2019 at 3:08 pm

I’m getting to London at 6:30 in the morning on a Sunday after a long flight. Do you have recommendations on what to see without having advance tickets on that day? With possible delays/exhaustion I’m afraid of booking activities in advance for our arrival day. Thank you for any help.

May 2, 2019 at 2:01 am

Hi Allison, If your flight arrives at 6:30am, you should have a lot of time that first day. But since you’ll likely be tired, I’d just plan a relaxing day. You have a lot of options and really could pick stuff from any of the days of the 6 day itinerary.

I would recommend having a London Pass and then perhaps doing the suggested walking route around Westminster as described in Day 1 – you can stop into the attractions that look interesting and you have time to visit. Most don’t require reservations and most are free to enter with the London Pass. A few places in London do close to visitors on Sunday, notably Westminster Abbey, so do keep that in mind. Then whatever you don’t see the first day, you can just go back and visit the next day.

Another option would be going to go to Kensington and explore the museums, parks, and shops around that area at your leisure. Or maybe you just want to tackle one big place, like spending the day at Hampton Court Palace, Windsor Castle, or exploring the British Museum.

This is also maybe a good day to do a sightseeing bus as you can get your bearings while justing relaxing on a bus. Or do a Thames boat cruise.

Michelle Post author

April 23, 2019 at 9:48 am

Hi, i am travelling to London and bought 6 Days london pass. Am so confuse where to start as my hubby will hv interview on Day 2 of our arrival. Intervirw is at Birdcage walk near Westminster. I would also like to visit Paris as i will be thete in London for 10days. Staying at relative place at southfield. Much appreciate if u could guide on the best itinerary. First time traveller from malaysia

April 24, 2019 at 7:08 am

Hi Michelle,

I think that the 6 Day London itinerary above should work well for you, but you should do the days as they make sense with your schedule and not necessarily do them in order. So for the day you are in Westminster, Day 1 is a good one to follow. Most attractions in our itinerary are included on the London Pass.

Southfields is not very central or near many tourist attractions, except Wimbledon, so just keep that in mind as you will need to take public transit each day to get to each of the neighborhoods we recommend in our itinerary. So plan in that extra time. Your relatives should be able to tell you the nearest Underground and bus stops and the best ways to use public transit from where you will be located.

Since you have 10 days, I’d consider doing at least a couple of day trips out of London. We recommend several at the top of this article to places like Stonehenge, Oxford, Stratford-upon-Avon, etc.

Paris can be visited as a day trip or you can take the Eurostar train and stay overnight in Paris and then return to London, depending on your schedule and budget. You can also book a tour from London to Paris, and you can see options here and here .

Hope that helps, let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London.

Bob Post author

April 22, 2019 at 6:50 am

Admiring the persistence you put into your travel blog and in depth information you provide. It’s nice to come across a blog every once in a while that isn’t the same old rehashed material. Fantastic read!

April 22, 2019 at 7:01 am

Hi Bob, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and travel blog – hope you’ll continue to follow along with our adventures and articles. Best, Jessica

pat Post author

November 17, 2018 at 8:23 pm

I know, there’s a lot of websites out there but this London itinerary is fantastic! Giving me so many great ideas for our vacation. Thanks!

November 18, 2018 at 7:08 am

Hi Pat, So glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your vacation. Thanks for taking the time to comment! Best, Jessica

Travelouts Post author

November 12, 2018 at 2:36 am

Excellent London itinerary, and thank you for sharing so many very helpful thoughts!!! Best of luck with your travels

November 12, 2018 at 6:06 am

Hi there, Thanks, and do let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London! Best, Jessica

MickeyArorra Post author

October 22, 2018 at 1:41 am

This is a great post. You have covered all the aspects of London. I love to live in London. Its nightlife is just amazing – Bar’s, Pubs, Theaters everything is just superb.

October 22, 2018 at 11:49 am

Hi Mickey, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and so happy to hear you think we gave some comprehensive coverage of things to do. Yes, London does have some great nightlife and quite a variety! We are looking forward to being back in London in a couple of weeks 😉 Best, Jessica

Samuel Post author

September 30, 2018 at 1:40 pm

Great info indeed on London. I and my wife will like to visit and tour London on 6 days tour starting from 15th -22nd December 2018. we are coming from Lagos Nigeria. Can you please arrange the tour itinerary, accommodation inclusive with mode of payment. yours truly, Samuel.

October 3, 2018 at 8:28 pm

I am happy to hear that you enjoyed our 6 day London itinerary. We are travel writers not a tour operator and cannot book a tour or accommodation for you. But we are happy to provide any additional tips you may have about what to do or where to stay.

If you would like an itinerary and tour booked for you, I would contact a local travel agent or tour operator who operates in London.

Arun Mishra Post author

August 1, 2018 at 7:30 am

Hey Jessica, I am visiting London and Scotland in the month September and I was wondering how to go about it ! Though my daughter just came back from LSE after completing her summer schooling program and gave me lot of tips but your post solved all my problems. This is my first trip to London and staying almost 8 days there. Thank you so much for the valuable tips and information. Warm regards Arun

August 1, 2018 at 7:34 am

Hi Arun, I am so happy to hear you found our London itinerary article helpful and thank you so much for taking the time to comment! We have lots of articles on both London and Scotland (our current home) on our travel blogs, but just let us know if you have any questions as you continue to plan your trip. London is such a fantastic city and having 8 days will give you time to see so many of the city’s highlights!! Happy travels, Jessica

Vidhi Sehgal Post author

June 13, 2018 at 1:10 pm

Hi , Great Post. Just wanted to know which month did you travel in? I plan to travel to London in November, will the tourist spots mentioned in your post be open then?

June 14, 2018 at 2:16 am

Hi Vidhi, Yes, almost all major attractions (and even most minor ones) are open year-round in London. Buckingham Palace for instance is only open for part of the summer, but all the rest should be open. However, many may have reduced winter hours so just check the website of the attraction before you visit to note the opening days and times. Wishing you a great trip to London! Best, Jessica

Amy & Scott Post author

October 3, 2017 at 5:43 am

Wow, we are going to London in 2 months and this is the most helpful post I’ve come across over the past week in searching for things to do during our time in London. This London itinerary covers all of the things we had on our bucketlist plus so many other great places and tips on how to spend our time. My husband and I are very grateful and we’ll be printing this out and bring it along our our trip!! Our warm thanks from NYC!

October 3, 2017 at 7:09 am

Hi Amy & Scott, So happy to hear and thanks for taking the time to comment! Wishing you a fantastic visit to London and please just let us know if you have any questions about our London itinerary or traveling in London. Best, Jessica

Sand In My Suitcase Post author

September 10, 2017 at 7:33 pm

Wow! This is a really fabulous detailed guide to things to do in London! We’ve hit London from time to time over the years for a couple of nights here and a couple of nights there — before or after a cruise. We’ve enjoyed the double-decker, hop-on/hop-off sightseeing bus for an overview of the city. And oh the musicals and plays! That’s our favorite thing to do in London — take in a West End show.

You’ve got us thinking that next time we should explore the Camden area. :-).

September 12, 2017 at 12:02 pm

Hi guys, Thanks! Yes, a bus tour or walking tour is always a great way to get a good feel and look around a new city! The West End is definitely a great area for those who like theater and musicals!! Camden is a great area of London to explore if you haven’t been before, there are of course the famous markets and London Zoo, but you can take canal boat rides, visit Jewish Museum, do street art tours, wander Regent’s Park, etc. It is definitely an area with a different vibe! Best, Jessica

Lyn @ A Hole in my Shoe Post author

September 4, 2017 at 11:19 pm

What an amazing itinerary which will surely stop me walking around in awe and keep me in the right direction. We like to fit as much as we can in our days as it is so far to travel we make the very most of our time. Thanks for keeping all this info in one place so we can save for a reference when we finally make it to UK.

September 5, 2017 at 1:37 am

Hi Lyn, You should still leave some time to walk around in awe 😉 Westminster and the City of London have the biggest concentration of the iconic sites and are great areas to hit in your first few days in London. Hope you get to the UK soon and hopefully this London itinerary will come in handy! Best, Jessica

Anda Post author

September 4, 2017 at 2:06 pm

Very good itinerary, Jessica. We’ve spent a week in London some years ago and visited all these places (except for the Royal Albert Hall), but I loved revisiting them with you through your beautiful post and pictures. We also bought the London Pass, like you, and saved a lot of money. For us it was worth it.

September 5, 2017 at 1:36 am

Hi Anda, Thanks, glad you like our suggested itinerary on how to spend 6 days in London. Happy to hear that you saved a lot of money from buying a London Pass. Best, Jessica

Cheryl Post author

September 2, 2017 at 5:52 pm

What an amazing and detailed itinerary for London! I’m pinning it now for later planning. I love how you included alternatives in it. My favorite is Warner Bros. Studios and the Harry Potter set. I’m a self professed Potterhead (nerd, but I’m good with it lol). This post has definitely moved London up some notches on my travel bucket list and made it seem more affordable with the right planning.

September 4, 2017 at 11:21 am

Hi Cheryl, Glad you enjoyed our 6 days in London itinerary. We just went to the Warner Brothers Studios the Making of Harry Potter tour this year and really enjoyed it. We are not huge Harry Potter fans but still spent almost 3 hours doing the tour and stopping for a snack and butter beer 😉 You might enjoy Laurence’s guide to Harry Potter spots in London and my guide to Harry Potter sites in Edinburgh for future trips! Best, Jessica

Ruth | Tanama Tales Post author

September 2, 2017 at 10:42 am

Jessica, you knocked it out of the park! Well, you always do but this time you hit the ball a bit harder. I visited London once but my time there was so, so reduced. I have come to the realization that London needs time (like other great cities in the world). I like to have 3 or 4 days in a city but I think that will never be enough in London. I will like to have at least a week in the city. And, I will love to follow parts of your itinerary. I am the one always looking for walking maps!

September 4, 2017 at 11:09 am

Hi Ruth, Thanks for the kind words! Yes, I agree, 3 or 4 days is not enough time in London as it is in many cities. Some cities like London, Paris, NYC, etc. just need a lot more time as they just have so many great sites, attractions, and entertainment options. We think 5 or 6 days in London is a good amount of time to see a lot on a first trip without getting overwhelmed or exhausted. I hope you get a chance to return soon and do parts of this London itinerary and use the suggested walking maps 😉 Jessica

Hilary Post author

September 2, 2017 at 9:11 am

Amazing list of things to do in London! We’ve already done many of them, but many are definite repeats if you ask me! My boys and I plan to spend 2 weeks in London over the Christmas Holidays, and will definitely refer back to this list for inspiration!

September 4, 2017 at 11:04 am

Hi Hilary, Yes, we often return to places we love as well. We’ll be back in London in November and already have plans to re-visit a couple of the galleries 😉 Enjoy your upcoming trip to London. Best, Jessica

Paul and Carole Post author

September 2, 2017 at 12:05 am

This is an excellent post on London. We spent 4 days there in April and covered quite a bit, but would love to go back so have pinned your post for reference. Your photo of the Beefeater at the Tower is spectacular!

September 4, 2017 at 11:03 am

Hi Paul & Carole, Thanks, and I hope you get a chance to visit London again. There is so much to do in the city that it is difficult to see everything you want in one (or two!) trips 😉 Thanks, Laurence shot that at the Tower our first trip to London together a couple of years ago – we had a gray rainy day and that was the best shot of the day! Best, Jessica

Michelle | michwanderlust Post author

September 1, 2017 at 9:18 pm

I just love how thorough and detailed your posts always are! Definitely a great resource for anyone planning to visit London. Even though I’ve spent a lot of time in London, I haven’t visited all the places on your list – especially the Greenwich area, or even St Paul’s Cathedral, which is actually pretty close to my apartment. Pinned this for when I go back to London later this year!

September 4, 2017 at 11:01 am

Hi Michelle, St. Paul’s Cathedral is a great church, I didn’t find it as historically interesting as Westminster Abbey but it has a lot of history and significance and is definitely a symbol of London. The dome was definitely a highlight for Laurence, although I would recommend trying to go early to avoid it being too crowded as the line for the dome can get long and is slow moving. Greenwich has loads of great things to do, we spent a couple of days exploring Greenwich on our last trip and Laurence’s brother is actually moving there next year so should get to see even more 😉 Definitely recommend going the next time you are in London, lots of stuff to do including museums, the Cutty Sark, historical buildings, the O2 arena, family-friendly things, and a giant park. Best, Jessica

Upeksha Post author

September 1, 2017 at 3:04 pm

This is a one of the most detailed guides to London I have seen for a long time. I have been to quite a few of these, but there’s still so many to visit.

September 3, 2017 at 11:49 am

Hi Upeksha, I am not sure if you could ever see everything in London, and I think that makes it one of those cities that is great to keep visiting. We are excited to head back again in a few months! Best, Jessica

Lolo Post author

September 1, 2017 at 2:55 pm

I’ve done soooo much in all of my many visits to London, but at the same time there is still sooo much to see and do! I can’t believe you managed it all in 6 days! That London Pass definitely seems like it’s worth the splurge! Pinned!

September 3, 2017 at 11:45 am

Hi Lolo, Yes, the London Pass can be a great deal as even though it may seem like a lot upfront, the cost of many of the attractions in London are £15 to £20 each. We did not actually do this exact itinerary in a single 6 day trip, but it is based on our many visits to London. This is what we came up with for the best itinerary for first or second time visitors. One should definitely go at their own pace and adjust our suggested London itinerary each day to meet their needs. Best, Jessica

Tanja Post author

September 1, 2017 at 1:39 pm

excellent post! and it’s great to see other people also doing a lot on a trip, visiting actual sights not just trendy things they saw on Instagram or Pinterest:) I shuddered when I saw some of the prices, I was fortunate to have done most of these on my trips to London before a couple of years, the prices are sky high now! Can you believe that I paid only 12 pounds for Tower of London? but then again,it was 10 years ago. luckily, there are many free attractions in London, and once you’ve visited all the main attractions you can do the rest:) I did Sky garden last year for instance:) and Tower Bridge exhibition but only because they didn’t have the glass walkaway before:)

September 3, 2017 at 11:29 am

Hi Tanja, We like to really explore cities and we’ve been to London now a number of times so have seen most of the major attractions and many of the lesser known ones, although we always discover something new on each visit. Yes, 10 years ago prices were definitely lower and there seems to be a small increase in attraction entry fees every year or two. Although its not just London as we have observed in the same in Paris, NYC, SF, etc. London does indeed have some great free attractions, I love the parks, shopping arcades, and free museums. Best, Jessica

Anisa Post author

September 1, 2017 at 1:11 pm

Wow you really covered a lot and I can tell a lot of thought went into this post (like usual!). I have been to a lot of these but there are some I still need to visit, like the Churchill War rooms. I had no idea that you could save so much using the London pass, that is a great tip.

September 3, 2017 at 11:25 am

Hi Anisa, The Churchill War Rooms are fantastic (well in my opinion!) and the museum is very centrally located (short 5-7 minute walk from Westminster Abbey or Parliament Square). Most people go to see the secret bunker and war rooms and learn about how it operated during WW2, but my favorite part is the Churchill Museum which is a giant room filled with all kind of Churchill artifacts, memorabilia, and information. The London Pass includes free entry into about 60 attractions in London (e.g., Churchill War Rooms, Westminster Abbey, London Zoo, Tower of London) and can really save many visitors money as most are going to want to visit some of the included attractions. Best, Jessica

Gary Post author

August 30, 2017 at 12:05 am

Great post, you’ve managed to cover so many sides of London in six days, with so much detail. I love the city. However, I am biased as I’m a Londoner, it says so on my Birth Certificate.

You’ve captured a brilliant mix of history, culture – London’s green spaces, museums and galleries. Glad you included Camden & Greenwich because both offer another side of London.

I have to agree the best way to see London is on foot – there’s so much to see, or bus if the feet are weary (The river cruise is also a good idea). I’d say avoid the underground unless it’s a distance (Smartphones & maps help here) because there’s always something to see when heading from A to B.

As I said, fabulously detailed post, and will help a visitor see a chunk of London.

Happy Travels,

August 30, 2017 at 3:08 pm

Hi Gary, Glad that we have the seal of a approval of a Londoner!! Laurence lived in the city for a few years but honestly didn’t make it to many tourist sites during that time, so it has been fun exploring them together when in the city. We get a lot of readers asking for these longer itineraries so finally put one together! Yes, exploring London by foot is a lot of fun as you never know what you’ll see and cutting across green spaces is so nice as it gives you a bit of time to relax!! Best, Jessica

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of replies to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store the data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

Français

4 Days in London: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visitors)

How to spend 4 days in london: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You’re planning to spend 4 days in London and you’re looking for the best things to do?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 4-day itinerary in London.

During your trip, you will discover all must-see attractions of the city such as Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, Buckingham Palace, Soho, Camden Town and a lot more!

In addition to the best places to visit and activities for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So, what are the best places to visit in London in 4 days? Where to stay?

Let’s find out!

1. The London Pass

4 days in london: must-see attractions:, one last tip for a perfect 4-day stay in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palace, d. trafalgar square/the national gallery, e. london eye, f. tate britain and/or tate modern museum, a. saint paul’s cathedral, b. the city, c. the tower of london, d. tower bridge, e. the shard, a. notting hill, b. the natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, f. piccadilly circus, g. covent garden, a. hampstead village, b. camden town, c. regent’s park, d. abbey road (optional), e. madame tussauds or the british museum, where to stay in london, london in 4 days with kids, more things to do during your 4 days in london, map of your 4-day itinerary in london, find the best flight prices for your 4 days in london, you’re traveling to england these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at london’s tourist attractions.

Since London is one of the most popular tourist destinations in the world , it’s really useful to know how to avoid queuing for hours to see the iconic landmarks of England’s capital.

Every day, thousands of visitors flock to the Tower of London or Westminster Abbey.

You probably agree that there’s nothing more irritating than seeing your plans for your 4 days in London shattered because you lost 3 hours waiting around!

Fortunately, there are 2 very simple solutions to avoid the inconvenience and not miss any of the must-see sites during your 4 days in London.

Here are the details:

To save as much time (and money!) as possible during your 4-day itinerary in London, the first option is to buy the London Pass.

This type of city pass exists for all the most touristic cities around the word.

The London Pass will give you direct access to the most famous sites without having to queue to get your tickets first.

The great thing is that it’s a digital pass , so you can download your London Pass directly on your smartphone and scan it at the entrance of each attractions included in the pass.

Valid for between 1 and 10 days (depending on the option you choose), the London Pass works by giving you tourist credits. They are deducted each time you visit a tourist site in London:

For example the 4-day London Pass comes with 515 credits, which corresponds to 515€ in entrance fees even though the pass costs only 147€ to buy!!

It’s undoubtedly the most comprehensive pass if you’re spending 4 days in London!

What’s included in the London Pass:

  • Entry to the main must-see attractions of my itinerary: Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, Tower Bridge… It’s quite simple: the 80 best attractions in London are included!
  • A trip on the hop-on hop-off tourist bus, which is a great way to see London without wearing yourself out, especially if you’ve decided to visit London with your kids or don’t want to walk too much.
  • Discounts in certain souvenir shops
  • A tourist guide to the city, including opening hours and how to get to each attraction.

To buy your London City Pass, you simply need to click on the button below:

As an alternative, there’s also the London Go City Explorer Pass which works a bit differently.

You will need to purchase a pass based on the number of attractions you want to see. So you can buy a pass for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 attractions.

You can book it by clicking here!

2. Fast track tickets for London’s best tourist attractions

To visit London in 4 days, you can also buy skip the line tickets individually.

Just like the London Pass, they will allow you to access the monuments and tourist attractions without queuing.

There’s a really long list of fast track tickets available for the main historic landmarks and activities you can do in London during your 4-day trip.

For your convenience, I have listed a few of them below . You’ll also find them mentioned throughout this article.

To book, simply click on the attractions names (in orange) or on the green buttons you will find in this guide.

  • Westminster Abbey
  • Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace
  • Tower Bridge + Tower of London VIP Visit
  • Tower of London
  • Cruise on the Thames
  • See a musical
  • Madame Tussauds
  • St Paul’s Cathedral
  • Harry Potter-themed guided tour – Awesome if you like Harry Potter’s universe!
  • The hop-on hop-off double-decker bus

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As London is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in London by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in London.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in London , simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

4 days in London: the ultimate itinerary

Now let’s see what you can do during your 4-day itinerary in London

For each day of your stay, I will give you all the details you need to organize your visits , as well as a map showing the attractions of the day.

I assume that you’ll be spending 4 full days in London and that you’ve already purchased your London Pass or your fast track tickets.

This way, you won’t waste time waiting in line to buy tickets and will be able to see as many places as possible during your 4 day stay.

And if you have any questions once you’ve read this article or just need help planning your holiday, don’t hesitate to ask me in the comments section located at the end of this article.

So, what should you see during your 4 days in London?

First day – the historic centre

itinéraire 4 jours à Londres jour 1

Day 1 tourist attractions:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palace D. Trafalgar Square E. London Eye F. Tate Britain and/or Tate Modern

The best way to start your 4 days in London is for sure to go admire the city’s most iconic landmark.

So first, let’s head to the famous Big Ben , located in London’s historic centre.

Built on the banks of the Thames in 1858, the 106 metres high Elizabeth Tower (Big Ben is actually the name of the bell inside the tower!) features 4 clocks located on each faces of the tower. Each clock is 7 metres in diameter!

Big Ben is part of the Palace of Westminster , perhaps better known as the Houses of Parliament.

If you were thinking of going to the top of the Elizabeth Tower and admiring the view from up high, it’s sadly not that simple: to get to the top of Big Ben, you have to submit an official request.

There’s a few months waiting list and, in addition, you have to be a UK resident.

big ben londres

Continue your visit on foot by heading to Westminster Abbey , located right next to Big Ben.

This historic landmark is the place where many kings and queens have been crowned , including the current monarch Queen Elizabeth II.

Inside the abbey, you can see the tombs of many past kings and queens, including the one of the famous Mary, Queen of Scots .

If you want to learn more about the history of the abbey, you should take an audio guide at the entrance.

The audio guide can be configured to do one of the several tours offered: a short 30 minutes tour, the standard 1 hour tour or the “more fun” tour for families with children.

If you’re visiting Westminster Abbey during your 4 days in London, you really need to buy your fast track ticket if you want to avoid queuing for 2 hours at the entrance!

If you’ve bought the London Pass , entrance is included. Otherwise, you’ll need to buy a fast track ticket by clicking on the button below:

Given your itinerary for the day, you should get to the abbey at the opening (9.30 am on weekdays, 9.00 am on Saturdays and closed on Sundays).

You can also book a 2-hour guided tour by clicking here!

Let’s now head to Buckingham Palace .

The royal residence is another historic landmark you must see during your 4 days in London!

Situated about 1km from Westminster Abbey , it will only take you around 15 minutes to get there on foot.

For a more immersive experience, you should go in the morning so that you can watch the Changing of the Guard ceremony. It takes place on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Sundays.

It’s an impressive show that follows the rhythm of the band, and that will delight young and old alike.

The Changing of the Guard begins at 11.00 am and lasts for around 40 minutes, but you should get to Buckingham early to secure a good spot. The ceremony attracts thousands of spectators every day, so you won’t be alone!

The Changing of the Guard ceremony is cancelled if it rains . You can check whether it’s taking place on the online calendar .

You can only visit the interior of Buckingham Palace during 2 months of the year, generally in August and September. As the places are very limited, you will need to book as early as possible.

You have a choice between 3 different tickets (click on the orange links):

  • Ticket for the State Rooms , so you can see the reception chambers
  • Entrance to the Queen’s Gallery featuring a large collection of works of art
  • Entrance to the Royal Mews (stables) , where the Royal Family’s carriages are kept.

releve de la garde londres

Once you’ve enjoyed watching the Queen’s soldiers parade to the sound of the band, continue your 4-day trip to London by heading to Trafalgar Square.

It’s a 15-20-minute walk to get there through St James’s Park, a public park with lovely flowerbeds just opposite the Palace.

You’ll probably recognise this famous square with its 4 big statues of black lions . It’s a lively spot where you can watch street performances and enjoy a bite to eat.

While you’re at Trafalgar Square, you should visit the National Gallery.

Like all the national museums in London, entrance is free of charge . So you have no excuse to miss one of the city’s most beautiful museums , founded in 1824 and renowned throughout the world.

Here, you’ll discover a rich collection of European paintings, including original works by Van Gogh, Monet, Cézanne, Rembrandt, Picasso, Leonardo da Vinci and more.

You can grab and audio guide at the entrance , and then opt for one of the several itinerary options to see the museum (including a 1-hour tour designed with children in mind).

Opening times can be found on the official website.

musée national gallery londres

After this culture break, let’s continue your 4-day stay in London by returning to the historic centre (a 15 to 20-minute walk – or you can of course take the bus).

The London Eye is located on the banks of the Thames , very close to Big Ben. You have probably already spotted during the morning!

While you’re in London, you shouldn’t miss the opportunity of a ride on the London Eye: the biggest Ferris wheel in Europe allows you to enjoy an incredible panoramic view over the whole of London.

Get ready to ascend to more than 130 metres high in spacious enclosed capsules that can accommodate up to 25 people. As the wheel turns very slowly, the full ride takes 30 minutes.

You need to book your ticket for the London Eye in advance by clicking on the button below:

If you prefer, you can opt for a combined ticket which offers a great value for money: London Eye + Thames Cruise + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

london eye

To end your first day in London on a cultural touch, you can visit 2 more must-see London museums.

The Tate Britain and Tate Modern museums are both located by the Thames , one on the north bank and the other on the south bank.

A river bus operates between the two galleries every 30 minutes, so you can easily visit them one after the other if you wish to.

Opened in 1897, the Tate Britain houses a magnificent collection dedicated to classical British art . You can appreciate works by Turner, Hogarth and William Blake in particular.

The Tate Modern is dedicated to modern art .

Entry to the two museums is free of charge, and the opening hours can be found on the official website.

If you want to see London by night , you can switch the Tate museums with the London Eye and do the Ferris wheel at the end of the day.

Once you leave the National Gallery , head for Embankment Pier , located on the Thames. Take the river bus to Millbank Pier , it will drop you at the entrance to the Tate Britain. For the Tate Modern , get off at Bankside Pier.

2nd day: Things to do and see in London

itinéraire 4 jours à Londres jour 2

Day 2 tourist attractions:

A. St Paul’s Paul’s Cathedral B. The City of London C. The Tower of London D. Tower Bridge E. The Shard

Located in the City of London business district, St Paul’s Cathedral is a must-see landmark if you have the chance to spend 4 days in London.

This baroque-style cathedral was built in the 17th century to replace the old church that was destroyed by fire in 1666.

In St Paul’s Cathedral, you can discover:

  • The wonderful nave
  • The mysterious Whispering Gallery and its incredible acoustics
  • The Stone Gallery
  • The Golden Gallery and its fantastic panoramic view over the city
  • The crypt , featuring tombs of several famous British figures, including the Duke of Wellington and Sir Christopher Wren, the architect of St Paul’s Cathedral.

Entry to St Paul’s cathedral is included in the London Pass .

If you don’t have the City Pass, you can book fast track tickets by clicking on the button below:

cathedrale saint paul londres

After visiting the cathedral, you will stay a bit more in the City of London district.

London’s business district , which is also its geographical centre, is well worth spending some time in.

Take a stroll through the streets and admire the area’s most iconic landmark : nicknamed The Gherkin , this unusually shaped skyscraper is also sometimes called “The suppository”!😆

If you book your place in advance on the Sky Garden website , you can also enjoy a fantastic and free 360° panoramic view over London from the city’s highest public garden.

This 155-metre high skyscraper , nicknamed the “Walkie-Talkie”, is situated at 20 Fenchurch Street, in the heart of the City of London.

There are limited spaces available each day and you can only book 3 weeks to 1 month in advance.

la city the gherkin londres

The City district is also home to the famous Tower of London .

The fortress siting on the banks of the Thames (not far from Tower Bridge, your next stop) is just a 15-minute walk from The Gherkin .

Built in 1066 and designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site, the Tower of London was once a royal residence , but has also served as a prison and place of execution.

Today, it’s a museum dedicated to medieval history, and focuses in particular on the macabre aspects.

Tales of execution told by guides in period costume , a tour of the torture chamber and other gory details immerse you in one of the darkest chapters in London’s history.

All in good fun, of course, and with a touch of British humour! The visit is totally suitable for children.

Everyday, hordes of visitors come to see the top attraction of the Tower: The Crown Jewels. You can see the crowns of several kings and queens, including Queen Elizabeth II.

And don’t miss taking a look at the beautiful gardens outside the Tower.

Guided tours start from the main entrance every 30 minutes.

And of course, you should purchase your entrance tickets in advance so you don’t waste time in the often endless queue!

Entry to the Tower of London is included in the London Pass . You can also buy your tickets separately by clicking on the button below:

tour de londres

The Tower Bridge , the next stop on your 4-day trip to London is located close to the Tower of London.

With its 2 huge towers and sky blue ironwork , you will instantly recognise this landmark of the city!

Built over the Thames in the 19th century, this impressive Gothic-style bridge connects the north and south banks of London. It’s a bascule bridge, that means it will open up to let big boats through!

When it was built, Tower Bridge was the most sophisticated bascule bridge in the world.

Take your time to admire Tower Bridge from the banks of the Thames over a snack or a drink (there’s plenty of shops around), or simply enjoy the moment.

You can also walk across the bridge and even visit the old engine rooms located inside one of the towers.

If you go up to the highest level , you can walk across the glass walkway and get the feeling you’re floating above the Thames.

Entry to Tower Bridge is included in the London Pass.

At the foot of the Tower Bridge, the charming little marina of St Katharine Docks is a lovely place to take a stroll and enjoy something to eat in one of the many restaurants overlooking the Thames.

tower bridge londres

To end your second day in style, you should go to the top of The Shard to enjoy panoramic views.

The Shard is the name of London’s newest landmark, a skyscraper standing over 300 metres high located a 10-minute walk from Tower Bridge.

It’s also the highest viewing platform in Western Europe , allowing you to enjoy an incredible 360° view across the whole city.

In addition to the spectacular panorama, you can also learn more about London through multimedia displays within the building.

The Shard is well worth a visit, and you need to book your tickets by clicking on the button below:

3rd day in London: The best places to visit

itinéraire 4 jours à Londres jour 3

Day 3 tourist attractions:

A. Notting Hill B. The Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho F. Piccadilly Circus G. Covent Garden

For your 3rd day in London, you will head to Notting Hill district, located in the western part of the city.

This fashionable part of London, made famous by the film of the same name – “Notting Hill” has more the feel of a quiet and elegant village. If you’re a fan of the movie, you’ll for sure recognise a number of the locations where it was shot!

There, you can admire beautiful houses featuring pastel-coloured façades and take a stroll to Portobello Road Market (open every morning).

This market is actually the main attraction of the area, and is always busy. You will find Second-hand clothes, vintage items, antiques , diverse accessories and even culinary specialties. You will see, it’s lovely place to stroll around!

If you have the chance to spend 4 days in London in August, don’t miss the major annual event held here in the last weekend of the month: Notting Hill Carnival , a festive parade of over 5 km to the sounds of Caribbean music.

To get to Notting Hill, you can take the metro to Notting Hill Gate underground station.

And if you want to be certain you don’t miss anything, you should book this guided tour:

notting hill

Following your morning in Notting Hill, let’s continue your day with a visit to London Natural History Museum , one of the biggest and most beautiful museums in the city.

It will take you around 20 minutes by bus to get there.

This museum is literally huge, and attracts over 5 million visitors each year. It’s the most visited natural history museum in Europe!

The Gothic building housing the displays is as magnificent from the outside as it is on the inside . During your visit, you’ll discover exceptional exhibits and learn all about zoology, botany, volcanology, archaeology, the dinosaurs, and much more besides.

You can’t actually see everything in one go unless you spend the whole day there. There are also lots of fun activities for kids.

You should spend a maximum of 2 hours in the museum so you have enough time left for the rest of your day’s visits.

natural history museum londres

Visiting London in 4 days on foot also gives you time to take in some fresh air.

So now, why not enjoy a little greenery in London biggest park: Hyde Park.

It’s one of the most beautiful city parks in the world, the perfect place to enjoy a picnic, have lunch on a terrace or simply take a walk.

And in the north-east corner of the park, you can see a little London oddity: The Speakers’ Corner . Every Sunday, anonymous speakers give a speech to passers-by , often with a touch of humour.

If you’re in London towards the end of the year , you can explore Hyde Park’s huge Christmas Market . There’s also a Winter Wonderland fair and the biggest outdoor skating rink in the United Kingdom.

If your stay in London happens to be during the summer , you can also enjoy the festivals and concerts that are held in the park each year.

hyde park

After this short break in Hyde Park, you should head to Oxford Street , a continuation of the north-east entrance to the park (Marble Arch).

This 2.5 km long commercial avenue attracts hordes of tourists, and can be likened to Paris’ Champs-Élysées.

This is your chance for a bit of shopping or window-shopping in the 600 stores that line the street, including the big British names like Marks & Spencer, TopShop, Mush, Primark, Urban Outfitters and more.

oxford street londres

If you continue along Oxford Street, you’ll arrive in Soho.

This is the most vibrant part of London , and the favourite place for Londoners and tourists to come to party!

It’s a small area, but it’s home to an impressive concentration of pubs, theatres, restaurants, cinemas and clubs. It’s the perfect place for a good night out and to enjoy the party atmosphere on any day of the week.

You can even watch a musical in one of the many theatres in the area, an unmissable experience during your 4 days in London!

If you want to see the famous musical “Les Misérables” at the Sondheim Theatre in London, make sure you buy your tickets in advance here.

And if you prefer to see the no less famous “Phantom of the Opera”, you need to book by clicking there!

If you want an original experience in Soho, you really should opt for the Harry Potter-themed guided tour .

Your guide will take you to the cult locations from the films including Diagon Alley, Gringotts, platform 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley and much more besides. The guide is brilliant and the tour is really well put together.

This tour is so good that it’s labelled “GetYourGuide Originals” . It means that if you’re not 100% satisfied of your guided visit, you can ask for a full refund!

To book your Harry Potter guided tour , simply click on the button below:

soho londres

Your walk in Soho will inevitably lead you to Piccadilly Circus , the famous London square recognisable from its gigantic advertising screens.

It can be considered as the Times Square of London . Here too, there’s always a lively party atmosphere.

Continue walking east until you reach Covent Garden (a 10-minute walk from Piccadilly Circus).

Covent Garden was once the site of London’s covered market, before it was relocated in the 1970s.

Fortunately, the very beautiful glass roof was kept and the building now houses several shops, restaurants, artists’ studios as well as the brilliant London Transport Museum.

The area attracts crowds of tourists, and you can watch lots of street performances making it the perfect way to end the day.

4th day – Walk around London

itinéraire 4 jours à Londres jour 4

Day 4 tourist attractions:

A. Hampstead Village B. Camden Town C. Regent’s Park D. Abbey Road (optional) E. Madame Tussauds or the British Museum

To conclude your 4-day itinerary in London , you should explore the north of the city.

Start with a stroll in Hampstead Village , a delightfully green and quiet area sat on a hill above London. Hampstead is actually an old village that has retained all its charm.

It’s an integral part of London today, but you really feel like you’ve left the city when you’re there.

As quaint and peaceful as a provincial village, it’s full of flower-filled gardens, beautiful Victorian houses, shops, restaurants and cafés. You will see, Hampstead Village is really a calm and relaxed place to take a stroll .

Just 20 minutes by metro from central London, Hampstead Village is a great place to get away from the hustle and bustle of the city.

Continue exploring the north of the UK’s capital with a tour around Camden Town.

This very trendy area of London is home to alternative cultures and alter-globalisation . It’s a blend of punk, Gothic, hip-hop and hippie cultures all in a condensed array of shapes, colours and eccentric shops.

It’s one of the busiest and liveliest areas of the city, especially thanks to Camden Lock Market which is open every day from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm.

There are all sorts of stalls, unusual clothes and accessories , live music, plus stands selling street food from all over the world.

You can grab something to eat and go by Regent’s Canal, where there’s always a really friendly atmosphere.

camden town

Walk south from Camden Town for 10 minutes and you’ll arrive in Regent’s Park.

Of all the parks in London, Regent’s Park boasts the finest flower beds. Covering 166 hectares, this park once belonged to the royal family and was originally (in 1811) intended to accommodate several lavish properties, including a palace.

A lack of funds meant the project was never completed, but not before several neo-classical residences had been built around the park by the architect Josh Nash.

Today, Regent’s Park is one of the most beautiful public green spaces in the city.

A lot of Londoners come here for their daily or weekly running session or to play other sports in the landscaped grounds.

It’s also the perfect place for couples or families to hire a rowing boat or a pedalo , enjoy a picnic or simply stroll through the greenery.

There are also children playground for the little ones, a magnificent rose garden (Queen Mary’s Gardens – not to be missed in the summer!), cafés and restaurants.

regents park londres

If you’re a Beatles fan, you’ll have been waiting for this moment to come!

Abbey Road and its legendary pedestrian crossing is less than 2 km to the west of Regent’s Park. Follow in the footsteps of countless fans, and take a photo on the pedestrian crossing, just like on the famous cover of the group’s Abbey Road album.

You may well face a crowd, and risk annoying drivers who often have problems driving on this very busy street. Opposite the pedestrian crossing, you can see the studios where The Beatles recorded the album as well as a souvenir shop.

So here you are at the final stop of your 4-day itinerary in London .

To end your visit of the city, you can choose one of these two museums:

  • Madame Tussauds: 20 minutes by bus from Abbey Road, and one of the most visited museums in London.

It’s a bit like Paris’ Grévin Museum, but fancier and on a bigger scale!

You’ll need 2 to 3 hours here , the idea being to get photographed with the top celebrities …or rather with their wax lookalikes. Most of them are incredibly realistic!

You need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the green button below:

  • The British Museum: if you’re more interested in culture and history , this museum located 20 minutes by metro from Regent’s Park is the perfect way to end to your holidays.

Entry is free of charge and you’ll learn about the history of civilizations, in particular through the many archaeological relics (including the famous Rosetta Stone).

The museum has one of the richest collections in the world with more than 7 million exhibits on display.

Don’t hesitate to book a guided visit (click here) to discover the best of the main exhibitions in 2 hours!

You now have all the information and tips you need to see London in 4 days!

Now you know what to do in London in 4 days, but there’s one crucial question to answer: where to stay for these few days?

I’m not going to lie, the cost of accommodation in London is pretty high and it’s not easy to find affordable hotels, especially in central London. The best deals are always booked months in advance.

That’s why you really do need to book as early as possible to get the best rates!

If you already know your travel dates, you should thus really book your accommodation now.

Here is my selection of the best hotels in London depending on your budget:

  • The Chamberlain: Close to Tower Bridge, the Tower of London and the banks of the Thames. This British-style hotel offers cosy, comfortable double rooms from 120€ per night, breakfast 12€. Strong points: a smartphone is made available, excellent locations, the welcoming staff and the comfortable bed linen. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money!
  • Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: This hotel is in the borough of Kensington and Chelsea, and very close to a tube station. Well-equipped, quiet and warm double room from 200€, breakfast from 19€. Strong points: the quiet area, cosy ambience cosy, the smiling and efficient staff.
  • Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* hotel close to London’s “theatreland”, minutes on foot from St James Park and 15 minutes from Buckingham Palace. Really comfortable, spacious and quiet double room from 390€ per night, breakfast 20€. Strong points: perfect location, charming staff and excellent bed linen. The best choice for a romantic stay in London!
  • The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: A luxury hotel right in the heart of London, 5 minutes from Oxford Street and Soho, and just 10 minutes from Piccadilly Circus. Really spacious designer and magnificently decorated double room from 500€ per night, breakfast 29€. Strong points: the perfect geographical location, magnificent bedrooms, the sumptuous breakfast. The best hotel in London for a luxury stay!

If you’d prefer an hotel in London that isn’t too expensive, you should check out the “Z Hotel” chain. You can find them in lots of different areas of London, and prices start of 60€ per night. They’re the best bet for budget accommodation in London.

  • The Z Hotel Shoreditch
  • The Z Hotel Gloucester Place
  • The Z Hotel City
  • The Z Hotel Victoria
  • The Z Hotel Piccadilly
  • The Z Hotel Soho

piccadilly circus

If you plan to spend 4 days in London with your children , you can be assured they won’t get bored, and they’ll really love most of attractions. You may however need to adjust the itinerary slightly to suit their age and interests.

Here are a few ideas for a 4-day stay in London with kids:

  • Spend a bit less time in the museums and more time in the parks (if the weather permits). Nevertheless, you can visit the majority of London’s museums with your youngsters because most of them offer short, fun tours for children.
  • The Tower of London, with its medieval ambience, is one of the attractions children love the most
  • A ride on the London Eye will make them feel like they’re on a giant merry-go-round.
  • The Changing of the Guard on the forecourt of Buckingham Palace will put a sparkle in their eyes
  • An evening seeing a family musical in Soho is also a lovely way to spend time together
  • Travel by red double-decker bus and sit upstairs, and right at the front if you can! For kids, this sort of journey is a real adventure in itself. Book this double-decker hop-on hop-off bus tour by clicking here!

You also have a choice of several theme parks: the Shrek Adventure Tour at Dreamworks , Legoland or Kidzania.

If you or your kids are Harry Potter fans , you can also spend a day at Harry Potter Studios , located a bit outside the city.

It’s really a magical experience!

The best tour include the entrance ticket to Harry Potter Studios as well as the transportation from your hotel.

You need to book this tour by clicking on the button below:

studio harry potter londres

If you’ve followed my itinerary for 4 days in London and still want to explore more, you should read my guide of the 20 best places to visit in London .

You can read it here: The 20 Best Things to do in London .

It might even leave you wanting to stay longer in London! Why not spend 5 days, or even a whole week there?

To help you visualize your daily itineraries during your 4 days in London, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can view the legend of the map by clicking on the top left button, the one with a little arrow.

You can thus see the suggested itineraries for each day.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to London, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Discover all my articles about London : All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there.

  • London: Top 20 best things to do
  • 2 days in London – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
  • 3 Days in London – The best 72h itinerary
  • 4 Days in London – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
  • 5 Days in London – How to plan your itinerary + My best tips!
  • One week in London – The perfect 7-day itinerary
  • Where to stay in London? My guide of the best places to stay for all budgets

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Best places to visit in London in 4 days

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

3 days in Athens

3 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

2 days in Athens

2 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

4 days in Athens

4 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

Discussion 4 comments.

Michele

Hi there! Thanks for writing this very interesting article. Will be visiting in May for 4 days and will use this as a base for my visit. Just a question about the London Pass: does it also allow you to book a time slot? Or you just go and have a separate entrance then? For example the tower of london, will it really help to avoid the long queu? Thanks for the help 🙂

Vincent

Hi Michele,

Thanks! I’m glad that my 4-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your visit.

For the London Pass, it will depend on the attractions. For the Tower of London, you don’t need to book a time slot, just join the queue of people who already have their ticket, at the security checkpoint. But for The View from the Shard for example, you do need to book a time slot. When you receive your London Pass, it also comes with a digital guide giving you full details of each attraction.

Enjoy your 4-day stay in London!

Catherine Pursley -Snyder

Thank you for this informative itinerary & tour guide to London We are planning our trip in September & looking forward to our visit My question – I want to visit the Pursley Farm in Shenley, do you have any information about it? I am a Pursley descendant & would love to have the history of this old historical place & possibly visit if possible Thank you very much & God bless!

Thanks Catherine! I’m glad that my 4-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your stay.

About the farm, I didn’t know about it as it’s not a touristic sites and there’s virtually no information about it online. The best is to contact them directly and see what it’s possible to do. Here is the phone number that you can find online: +44 1923 855760

Leave A Reply Cancel Reply

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

  • Middle East
  • North America
  • Cheap car rentals: my best advice
  • Back to Homepage

PlanTripLondon – Things to do in London

London in Five days

London in five days

Planning to visit  London in five days is a great idea, as you will be able to explore London´s best attractions as well as London´s best museums and parks. The following five day itinerary to see London has been designed to include some of London’s top attractions, like Big Ben ,  London Eye ,  Westminster Abbey ,  The Tower of London ,  St Paul’s Cathedral  as well as some of London´s less touristic places.

I would recommend that you plan your five day trip to London in advance to be able to make the most of your trip. If you arrive in London with planned itineraries, you won’t have to waste any time deciding where to go next.

London in five days

If it’s your first time in London and you want to see as much as possible, I would highly recommend the  hop on hop off bus tour . You will get to see so much more when visiting London, but we absolutely love the  free river cruise  which is included and totally worth it.

One more thing you should probably consider if you are spending 5 days in London, is a London Tourist Pass. If you are planning on visiting a few of London’s attractions it will most likely be worth considering a London Sightseeing Pass . The London Pass actually includes the hop on hop off bus tour, as well as a river cruise too.

London in five days: Days 1, 2 and 3 in London

For the first three days in London I would suggest that you follow our Three Day London Itinerary.

Following our three day itinerary will enable you to see the following attractions and must-sees of London during the first three days:

  • Changing of the Guard
  • Buckingham Palace
  • Westminster Abbey
  • Trafalgar Square
  • Regent Street
  • Carnaby Street
  • Covent Garden
  • Oxford Street
  • Kensington Gardens
  • St Paul’s Cathedral
  • Tower of London
  • Tower Bridge
  • London Bridge
  • Borough Market
  • The View from the Shard

There is also time during these first three days in London to visit one of London’s top museums or to watch one of London’s top musicals one evening.

London in five days: Day 4 in London – Greenwich / Harry Potter Studio Tour / Other Day Tour

For your fourth day in London, we are going to suggest that you head out of central London. You could either choose:

trip to london planner

> Option 1: Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour

This is your perfect chance to visit the famous Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio Tour if you’re a fan. Don’t forget to book as soon as possible though, as tickets sell out very quickly.

Check out our Harry Potter in London Guide

> Option 2: Greenwich

visit the magnificent area of Greenwich in the morning, and to make the day even more spectacular we would suggest that you get to Greenwich by boat from Westminster as the views are amazing.

Once you arrive at Greenwich, you will be able to visit the following attractions:

  • Greenwich Market  (free entry, open 7 days a week from 10 am to 5 pm)
  • Painted Hall  (free entry)
  • Old Royal Naval College  (free entry)
  • Queen’s House  (free entry)
  • National Maritime Museum  (free entry)
  • Royal Observatory

In order to get to Greenwich by boat, there are several options. You can hop on a river cruise from Westminster to Greenwich but don’t forget that you can also get a free river cruise  from Westminster to Greenwich if you buy a two day ticket for the  sightseeing bus tour in London. Other options include buying combined tickets for the river cruise + Cutty Sark or River Cruise + entry to Royal Observatory .

Greenwich in London

> Option 3: Other Day Tour

Other cities: Maybe you would like to visit Oxford, Cambridge, Bath, Stratford Upon Avon or Stonehenge for example. All these places can be easily reached from London, and they make wonderful day trips from London. You can either choose to organize everything yourself, by getting to these places by public transport or you could join an organized tour to make your life easier.

Inside London: You could also consider visiting Richmond Upon Thames, Hampton Court Palace or Kew Gardens for example.

If you still have time afterwards, you may be able explore more of London in the afternoon or evening. You can head over to one of London’s Top Museums , or, depending on what you are doing, this may be a good day to see one of London’s Top Musicals , like the Lion King, Mamma Mia, Wicked or The Phantom of the Opera.

London in five days: Day 5 in London – Little Venice and Camden Market

On day 5 we are going to visit the area of Little Venice in London . This oasis of tranquility is nestled in central London. From here, we can walk along Regent’s Canal (or take a boat trip) to Camden Lock. We will then have the opportunity of visiting Camden Town and the famous Camden Market .

trip to london planner

Best Travel Options when visiting London in five days

There are plenty of things to do in London and the best way to move around is by using an oyster card or a visitor oyster card . You can also use a contactless debit or credit card on London’s public transport system, but check bank commission charges if it’s a non UK card. This is definitely the cheapest way to get around London in five days, and you can use any of those cards to go on public buses, tube, dockland light rail trains or trains within London Travel Zones .

Recommended hotels to spend three days in London

We have shortlisted a few hotels for you, based on price and location.

Check them out here: Recommended hotels in London .

Related Posts

Changing of the guard in london: dates 2024, the best black taxi tours in london, best musicals in london in 2024, thames river cruises in london: options, offers and available routes.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me via e-mail if anyone answers my comment.

Type above and press Enter to search. Press Esc to cancel.

London Planner

LONDON PLANNER

Find some inspiration.

The RAF Museum London presents Flying Theatre!

The RAF Museum London presents Flying Theatre!

Go round the Houses with a Palace of Westminster tour

Go round the Houses with a Palace of Westminster tour

The latest issue of London Planner is out now

The latest issue of London Planner is out now

Top 5 exhibitions in London right now

Top 5 exhibitions in London right now

Review: Royal Portraits – A Century of Photography

Review: Royal Portraits – A Century of Photography

Don’t miss the new menu at Six by Nico

Don’t miss the new menu at Six by Nico

Read the latest issue of Where London now

Read the latest issue of Where London now

Your guide to Easter weekend in London

Your guide to Easter weekend in London

London debut of the acclaimed Princess Diana exhibition to open in May

London debut of the acclaimed Princess Diana exhibition to open in May

CLICK HERE TO FIND EVEN MORE INSPIRATION

London Skyline

London News

Discover the latest events, openings and announcements across the city

trip to london planner

Sightseeing

Explore the best tourist attractions the city has to offer

London Dining

Dining & Nightlife

Set your taste buds alight at delicious dining destinations

London Shopping

Shop ’til you drop in the capital’s vibrant retail scene

https://londonplanner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/Entertainment-640x640.jpg

Entertainment

Enjoy musicals, comedy and innovative plays in London’s theatre scene

https://londonplanner.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/06/National-Portrait-Gallery-1-640x640.png

Museums & Galleries

Keep up to date with all the latest museum and gallery listings

Shutterstock

INSPIRATION

Britain Planner

From vibrant rolling green hills, dramatic coastlines and vibrant cities.

CONTACT US   FOR MAGAZINE SUBSCRIPTION ENQUIRIES

SIGN UP FOR THE LATEST LONDON NEWS STRAIGHT TO YOUR INBOX

London Planner Logo red block capital letters

© 2020 Copyright by The Tourism Media Group . All rights reserved | Privacy Policy

London x London

Posted on Published: 10th February 2023  - Last updated: 2nd January 2024 Categories London Travel Tips

By: Author Julianna Barnaby

2 Days in London Itinerary – The Insider’s Guide

2 Days in London Itinerary – The Insider’s Guide

Love This? Save and Share!

Planning a short visit to London and not sure what to see? I’ve created the perfect 2 days in London itinerary: everything you need to know to plan the perfect trip.

As a born and bred Londoner, it can be too easy to take my hometown for granted. Buckingham Palace – been there, done that. London Eye? Literally used to work there. 

For someone who loves my hometown, I was close to becoming a little bit (dare I say it?)… jaded.

Utterly ridiculous right? I agree. So I decided to fix the situation and spend 2 days in London like a tourist. 

The result? IMHO the best London itinerary that you can get your hands on. 

If you’re planning your trip to the city and wondering what to do in London in 2 days, hold it right there. Put your comfortable walking shoes on and prepare yourself for this perfectly storming tour of gritty, grimy, beautiful London,

PS… Have even less time? Here’s my guide to exploring London in one day .

2 Days in London Itinerary 

10am – hyde park.

Hyde Park

Start your two days in London in Hyde Park, one of London’s Royal Parks and my second favourite London park (the first is St James’s Park – don’t worry, we’ll pop in there later).

I love visiting Hyde Park in the morning – it somehow feels so utterly quaint. Low-key celebrity joggers, dog walkers with some of London’s most pampered pooches in well-ordered clusters at heel, a few ambitious souls swimming in the Serpentine (the lake in the middle of the park).

It’s a nice way to introduce you to London – enjoy some peace and quiet while you can, you’re about to enter the fray. 

After Hyde Park, cross over to walk through Green Park and over to Buckingham Palace. 

11am – Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace

I mean, you can’t take a trip to London and not visit old Queenie at Buckingham Palace . 

Buckingham Palace is every bit as large and ostentatious as you’d expect for the official residence of the monarch. I mean, it’s all a bit embarrassing really, 775 rooms (no, that’s not a typo) including 188 bedrooms for the staff alone and 78 bathrooms in case you were wondering.

You can visit the State Rooms during the summer months (I think they’re a bit overrated, to be honest. Liz isn’t letting the general public anywhere near the good stuff for love nor money) or satisfy yourself by taking a million pictures of the palace’s exterior.

Anyway, we’re not actually here to visit Buckingham Palace. We’re here to see something much more exciting. The Changing of the Guard .

The Changing of the Guard is officially when The Queen’s Guard hands over responsibility for protecting Buckingham Palace and St. James’s Palace to the New Guard. Whatever that means…

In reality, it’s a glorious display of slightly ridiculous but iconic tradition as the guards strut (sorry, march) around in their bright scarlet tunics and skyscraper bearskin hats, accompanied by music.

Changing of the Guard

Unfortunately, the powers that be don’t think we could deal with the excitement of the Changing of the Guard every day, so it only takes place on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Sundays in the winter months, though it is daily during the summer months. Days and times can change or be cancelled. Check before you go.

We’ve just about got time to pop into St James’s Park for a little stroll. 

Sandwiched between Buckingham Palace, Downing Street and Horse Guards Parade, St James’s Park is a little bit of bliss in central London.

If you had more time, I’d suggest you plop yourself down on one of the benches with an ice cream and soak up the idyllic setting. But you don’t. So onwards we go.

12pm – Westminster Abbey, the Houses of Parliament and Big Ben

Palace of Westminster

Can I make a confession? 

I hadn’t actually visited Westminster Abbey until recently. Walked past it? A million times. Actually made the effort to go inside? Nope.  Westminster was for tourists.

Turns out I was missing a lot.

Westminster Abbey dates back to 1245 in its present form and the site has been the country’s coronation church (when the monarch is officially crowned) since 1066. It’s also one of the most spectacular gothic buildings in the UK – make sure you have plenty of space on your memory card.

I’m not that bothered about seeing the graves of past monarchs, but you shouldn’t miss Poet’s Corner, where some of the nation’s leading literary figures are buried or commemorated.

On a slightly less macabre note, pop out of Westminster Abbey and cross the road to see the Houses of Parliament in the Palace of Westminster.

The Houses of Parliament is the seat of British government, and another pretty impressive Gothic building as well. It’s not hard to imagine the cogs of politics running their course in the depths of this grand old building.

The Houses of Parliament are also famous for their role in the notorious gunpowder plot, when Guy Fawkes, Robert Catesby and a band of Catholic dissenters tried to blow up the Houses of Parliament and the then king, James I.

Didn’t work out so well for them, but it was the inspiration for our much-loved Fireworks Night, so they’ve made their mark in the history books in one way.

Big Ben is perched next to the Houses of Parliament (well, actually it’s a part of the Palace of Westminster too). 

I should warn you that Big Ben is currently undergoing some serious renovations for the next couple of years… you can still see one of the clock faces, but it’s not quite the ‘gram opportunity you’d hope for. 

Nevermind, it gives you a great excuse to come back in a couple of years right?

2pm – Lunch at The Cinnamon Club

You’ve been working hard. All that walking, paying attention, dodging the angry Londoners stalking the pavement. It’s really hard work – I get it. Time to treat yourself to lunch at The Cinnamon Club.

The Cinnamon Club is one of my favourite restaurants in London for one reason. Because it serves fabulous food. You have not TASTED a curry until you’ve had it there. This isn’t one of your greasy spoon, slop it on a plate kind of curry. This is high-end Indian dining in a pretty swanky setting.

Its close proximity to the Houses of Parliament means it’s not unusual to spot a politician or two either. You’ll be too busy savouring your food to care.

4pm – Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery

Trafalgar Square

Now that you’re rested and refreshed, it’s time to take on another one of the city’s iconic landmarks on your London itinerary: Trafalgar Square . 

This large public square sits at the end of Whitehall, the proud home of Nelson’s Column and the National Gallery.

Trafalgar Square is at the heart of the central London community. For me, it’s filled with the memories of Christmases past – bright lights and a dazzling tree, and of so many events it’s hard to keep track.

There’s pretty much always something going on at Trafalgar Square: Ashes victory celebrations, live screenings from the nearby Royal Opera House in Covent Garden , live performances from West End productions – check the calendar to see what’s on.

The National Gallery couldn’t be more of a contrast to the busy square – there’s something so peaceful about leaving the crowds and the noise to step into the home of our national art collection. It’s busy, of course, but in that shuffling and muted manner typical of most galleries.

I’ve always loved the National Gallery, even when I was knee-high and most other galleries bored me to tears. 

Masterpiece after masterpiece, you can walk through the history of art in the course of a few hours. And all for free (good time to note that most of London’s museums and galleries are free – though you need to pay to enter any special exhibitions).

Read More: The Insider’s Guide to Visiting Trafalgar Square

7pm – The London Eye

London Eye

For full disclosure, I used to work at the London Eye . I gorged myself silly at the age of 17 on all the free rides, my face pressed against the glass while I soaked up the far-reaching views down the river Thames.

It felt like adequate payback for a period in life in which my most used words were “ How many tickets ” and “ Toilets are to the left and down the stairs ”. 

Turns out there really is too much of a good thing though. I’ve never been able to face going on the damned thing again.

Still. Unless you have been on there umpteenth times, I’d be remiss if I didn’t add it to your London 2 day itinerary. 

If you can time your visit for sunset, the sight of dusk falling over the city from up high, bathing the river and the buildings in its rosy hues is something of a heart-warming spectacle.

In addition to the verging on rip-off normal priced tickets, you can also book all kinds of VIP tickets and even hire a private capsule to yourself. If I’m frank, I’d save my money for something better (like cocktails!) – paying nearly £25 ($35) for a 30 minute spin seems steep enough.

Time to hop on the Tube. Walk to Waterloo and take the Bakerloo Line (the brown line) to Oxford Circus station.

8pm – Oxford Street, Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square

Controversial opinion alert. Don’t bother going shopping on Oxford Street . If you’ve ever been to a high street I can guarantee you that you’ve seen what it’s got to offer. In fact, I would say don’t bother with Oxford Street at all.

Still, I know that you won’t believe me until you’ve seen it for yourself. Just don’t blame me when you get trampled by a hoard of camera-touting cowboys who flatten you to the pavement without any sign of realising you even exist.

Once you’re done with that funfair/ circus/ inner circle of hell, take yourself down Regent’s Street to another one of London’s big landmarks Piccadilly Circus . Us Londoners have got a little bit of a chip on our shoulder because it’s not quite as cool as Times Square. But you can’t miss it on your London trip, chip or no chip.

Next up is Leicester Square . DON’T eat anything, buy anything or drink anything in Leicester Square – it’s almost certainly going to be shit and overpriced. I’m sorry, but it’s the cold, hard truth. 

I could extend this to saying don’t go to Leicester Square, but that seems churlish. It’s home to a ridiculous number of cinemas, so it’s definitely a winner if you want to go to watch a flick. But we’ve got bigger and better plans so we will wave farewell.

9pm – Cocktails and Dinner at Bob Bob Ricard in Soho

Bob Bob Ricard

I hope you’ve been saving your pennies because it’s time to splurge them on the most ridiculously good meal you can eat in London. 

Welcome, my friends, to Bob Bob Ricard .

This Russian-European restaurant combines Belle-Epoque style, high-end food (my god, the lobster is so delicious, you’ll dream about it for weeks), great cocktails and some natty dining booths with actual buttons you can press for champagne. It’s exactly what you want and deserve to recuperate after your busy day.

Want to know more? Read my full review of Bob Bob Ricard now .

11pm – Late night cocktails at Disrepute Soho

Disrepute Soho

OK, so I will confess. I love a cocktail. Oh, you do too? I knew we were meant to be friends.

Soho is not short of a cocktail bar or two and most of them are actually pretty good too. But if you only want the best, Disrepute is the place to go.

Book a table and settle in for perfectly-executed, devilishly sippable cocktails. Life is hard. Suck it up. Just not too many cocktails though, you’re only halfway through your London trip and you need your energy for tomorrow… not a stinking hangover.

Read Next: The Best Bars in Soho

Day Two 

9am – the tower of london and tower bridge.

Tower Bridge

It’s an early start today guys and I’m sorry. Kind of. Turns out the list of things you must see in London in 2 days is pretty long.

I’m a big believer in early starts (blame it on my father who would always get everywhere about five hours early to beat the crowds), so here we are at the Tower of London at 9am, coffee in hand, eyelids propped open.

The Tower of London is intrinsically linked with London’s history. The capital’s castle, many of the country’s high and mighty have been imprisoned within its walls – perhaps most famously Elizabeth I during her half sister Mary I’s reign.

The Tower of London has a pretty gruesome past, as the list of people executed there attests. It’s not all doom and gloom though, it’s also the site of more pleasant relics and traditions, including the Crown Jewels and the strangely attired Beefeaters.

Just a few paces away from The Tower of London, you’ll come to another of London’s icons: Tower Bridge . The neo-Gothic Bridge has been raising its ramparts to allow tall ships to pass since 1894. 

The bridge is also rumoured to be the subject of a rather amusing cock-up: it’s said that an American tycoon Robert McCulloch accidentally purchased the much less impressive London Bridge rather than the intended Tower Bridge and had it shipped all the way to Arizona in the 1960s.

Unfortunately, it looks like this is a vicious rumour and that McCulloch had always intended to buy London Bridge, but it’s a fun story nonetheless.

Entrance to the Tower of London Experience is included in the London Pass.

Read more: Cool but Crazy Facts About London

10am – The Shard

The Shard

From the old to the new. If you haven’t heard the hype, The Shard is the tallest building in London, so it should come as no surprise that it’s one of the best places to see London in its full glory and must see for London in 2 days. 

The rather unimaginatively named The View From The Shard experience boasts views of up to 40 miles from levels 69 and 72 of the building.

The Shard was relatively controversial when it was built, with many claiming it would ruin London’s skyline. Now that you’ve seen it you can weigh in on the still smouldering debate.

Entrance to The View from the Shard is included in the London Pass

Read More: Cool Things to do in and around London Bridge

11am – Borough Market for Brunch

Borough Market

Borough Market is the city’s best-known food market and handily located just down the road from The Shard.

I sincerely hope that you are hungry: the market’s been feeding the capital in some shape or form since the 12th century and they’re pretty damned good at it now. It’s an unmissable stop, even if you are only whizzing around London in 2 days. 

I’ll let you make your mind up about how you feel about eating the gloriously cheesy concoction that is raclette at 11am in the morning – let’s face it, you only live once and it’s so good that it would be rude not to. Won you over?

Make a beeline for Kappacasein to indulge in a meal so good that you wonder why you don’t eat cheese for breakfast everyday.

PS. We can still be friends if you opt for something else.

Read More: Visiting Borough Market – What You Need to Know Before You Go

12pm – The Tate Modern

The second day of your London itinerary takes you to not one but two museums. The Tate Modern is the first.

As the name suggests, this is Tate’s museum of modern art (there’s also the Tate Britain further down the river with a more traditional offering).

The collection ranges from the thought-provoking to the downright strange – and features artists such as Andy Warhol, Pablo Picasso and Mark Rothko. There’s also an ever-changing roster of temporary exhibitions (you’ll have to pay for these).

Read More: 30 Awesome Museums in London that are Absolutely Free

2pm – St Paul’s Cathedral

St Pauls Cathedral

Walk across the Millenium Bridge to St Paul’s Cathedral , undoubtedly one of the top things to do in London in 2 days. 

Possibly the most striking building in London, St Paul’s Cathedral has been built and rebuilt five times, most famously after the Great Fire of London that razed much of the city to the ground.

The current cathedral was designed by one of England’s most-lauded architects, Sir Christopher Wren in the 17th and 18th century. Even now its huge dome is an architectural marvel.

Impressive as the building is, it’s even more striking inside and very much worth the entry fee.

Entrance to St Paul’s Cathedral is included in the London Pass

3pm – Natural History Museum/ Science Museum or V&A Museum

Victoria & Albert Museum

Time to hop on the underground again for the next stage of our 2 day London itinerary. Walk to Monument station and take the Circle or District line (yellow or green line) to South Kensington. Our destination? Museum Mile in the Kensington area .

You’ve got a tough decision to make people. 

Which museum? Sorry to make you choose but as you only have two days in London, you can’t see all three.

The Natural History Museum gives you a glimpse into the earth’s history – a story covering dinosaur fossils, human biology, creepy crawlies and human evolution, spread out over 36 galleries.

The Science Museum should start marketing itself as the most fun you can have in London with your clothes on – it’s a bold claim but it can back it up.

The Science Museum

Immersive exhibitions, sensory experiences and little-known facts combine to provide a peek into the fascinating world of science.

There’s a reason it was always the school trip we’d get most excited about back in the day, and if I’m honest, I still get the tiniest bit excited about visiting now. 

On the other hand, the V&A was not a museum that kids get excited about (although, if you do have kids – check out this guide to child-friendly activities in London ) . Full-grown adults will appreciate the vast collection in one of the best museums of art and design in the world.

It’s a museum of superlatives: the finest collection of Italian sculptures outside of Italy, the most Indian art you’ll find outside of India and overall an enchantingly haphazard but impressive collection of arts from the Masters, Islamic art, sculptures, fashion and design clustered under its rather large and impressive roof.

Read Next: Unmissable Sights + Places to Visit in Kensington

5pm – Kensington Palace & Kensington Gardens

Kensington Palace

Our two days in London are almost over, but not quite. 

There’s still just about time to fit in one more royal palace and park – Kensington Palace and Gardens to be precise. Kensington Gardens is often referred to as the other half of Hyde Park but technically it is separate.

Swing by the Albert Memorial , built in memory of Queen Victoria’s much-beloved husband before popping into Kensington Palace, the official residence of Prince William and Kate Middleton.

You’ll need to be quick, Kensington Palace closes at 6pm. Still, there’s just enough time to see the rather ostentatious King’s State Apartments and their modest counterparts the Queen’s State Apartments (it figures). 

Don’t forget to take a peek at the Royal Albert Hall, which is across the road from the park too. 

7pm – The Churchill Arms

Churchill Arms

You’ve been haring around tackling the best things to do in London in 2 days and you haven’t been in a pub yet? 

This is a serious wrong that needs to be fixed pronto. 

Luckily, one of the capital’s most charming pubs and photo locations , The Churchill Arms is a quick walk away (15 mins).

Bedecked in a bustle of blooming flowers (try saying that in a hurry), the pub serves an excellent range of ales (so Jon tells me, I’ll stick to the wine thanks) and surprisingly good Thai food.

Settle in with a pint or a large glass of vino and give yourself a big pat on the back. 

You’ve conquered two days in London and the best London itinerary like a pro.

Now it’s time for a rest.

Time for One More? The British Museum

British Museum

Try as I might, I just couldn’t fit a trip to The British Museum into the itinerary.

I’m sorry guys, I’ve failed you. 

On the plus side, if you have a bit more time, you can schedule a visit in. The galleries stretch over several miles, so wear a comfortable pair of walking shoes and don’t forget your map.

London Trip Planner: Practical Tips and Tricks for Your Two Day London Itinerary

Now you know what to see in London in two days, here are a few tips to help you plan your London trip. 

Should I take the Hop On Hop Off Bus in London for this Itinerary?

I don’t think you need to use the hop-on-hop-off for this London itinerary as we’re mostly walking but whizzing around the city on an open-top double decker with Big Bus Tours can be pretty fun. Book tickets in advance.

Go City

Grab a Pass From Go City

If you’re visiting London on a time limit, you’ll want to make sure you hit up all the best sights, squeeze in all the top experiences and get the most out of your trip.

The thing is… There’s so much to do in London it can be hard to get it right. 

That’s where Go City come in. They offer London Passes that mean you can bundle 2 – 7 London activities together, and they cover everything from London Zoo to zipping around the city on a guided bus tour.

Best of all, combining all your experiences into one bundle means savings. And not meagre ones either – we’re talking easily over £50. 

Of course, all that extra cash can then be funnelled straight into exploring London’s fantastic restaurants and traditional pubs…

Book Your Go City Explorer Pass Here

London on a Budget: Money Saving Hacks for Your London Trip

  • Walk – despite its big reputation, the centre of London is quite small and very walkable. I think there’s no better way to discover a city than on foot, and it will save on London’s relatively expensive public transport costs.
  • Buy a London Pass. The London Pass is a pretty expensive outlay: £69 for one day, £94 for two. But it will save you a lot of money if you plan on following this itinerary. Once you pay for the pass, you get free entry to lots of attractions, including the Tower of London, The View from the Shard, St Paul’s Cathedral and Kensington Palace. You can read my guide to the London Pass for more information .
  • Visit lots of museums – most of London’s museums and large galleries are free to enter. There are so many to choose from that you could easily spend your two days in London only visiting museums and only scratch the surface. Read my guide to exploring London for free .
  • Eat street food or from markets – London has a buzzing street food scene full of delicious treats at a fraction of the cost of a sit-down meal. Borough Market is the city’s best-known – but there’s something to suit every taste. Other street food hotspots include Boxpark in Shoreditch , Maltby Street Market (Saturdays and Sundays), Flat Iron Square , Leather Lane (day times only) and the Southbank Centre.
  • Book in advance – lots of attractions, such as the London Eye offer a discount if you book in advance. It’s an easy way to save some money and skip the lines at the same time.
  • Don’t bother with the London pass with the transport option added in: you can either buy an Oyster Card or use a contactless card to pay for transport as you go – it’s capped at £12.50/ £10.70 per day depending on whether you travel peak or off-peak times. So cheaper than the £15 the London Pass whacks on for the transport-inclusive option.
  • Check listings to see if there are any free events happening in the evenings. This two day London itinerary leaves you free for the late night. There’s always time to see something else, right? 
  • Read my London Travel Tips Guide – 40 insanely practical tips for your trip.

London Transport: How to Get Around

London has an extensive transport system that is easy to use. In central London, the system is formed of trains, buses, the London Underground (the tube), river buses and the Docklands Light Railway (DLR). 

I would recommend purchasing an Oyster Card to pay for your journeys. 

You can also use contactless cards, Apple Pay or Google Pay to pay for trips. Just check ahead that you won’t be charged an additional foreign transaction fee by your card issuer or bank as this will add a lot of unnecessary costs to your trip. 

Moving On: Recommended Day Trips from London 

  • Oxford. I may be biased as I went to university in Oxford, but Oxford is one of the UK’s most beautiful cities with a long and fascinating history for you to discover. Clusters of golden sandstone buildings, dreaming spires and bucolic riverside walks await. Read my guide to planning a day trip to Oxford or check out this Oxford and Cotswolds tour . 
  • Cambridge. The eternal rivalry lives on: Cambridge is quieter than Oxford but no less idyllic. Meander between university buildings that are centuries old whilst soaking up the atmosphere. Go from King’s Cross or hop on an easy day tour .
  • Bath . Bath has been a fashionable go-to destination since the 18th century – it even pops up in a few Jane Austen books! Go to see the Roman ruins, spend some time at the spa and live your best Georgian-era life. Combine Bath with a trip to Stonehenge on this day trip.  
  • Brighton. A quintessential British seaside destination, Brighton might not have golden sands (full disclosure: it is a pebble beach) but it is a lively, cool city with a vibrant dining and nightlife scene. Read my guide to the best beaches near London.
  • The Cotswolds . Chances are that if you conjure up an image of a traditional British village, it will look a lot like the villages dotted around The Cotswolds. I’ll warn you, they are descended on by hordes of tourists during peak season, it’s up to you to decide whether you want to enter the fray. You’ll need a car, or go with an organised tour.

Don’t Forget to Pack

Much as we like to deny it, it really does rain a fair bit in London. You can step out into the pure and brilliant sunshine and then five minutes later you’re soaked to the skin after the heavens have opened. This is a very long-winded way of saying don’t forget your umbrella .

Comfortable Walking Shoes 

You’re going to be doing a lot of walking. In the winter, nothing says London style like a pair of chic ankle boots. In the summer months, I swear by my Birkenstocks – they’re so comfortable you can walk for miles in them and they’re pretty cool at the same time.

London Travel Guide 

Take your pick from the Lonely Planet , Rough Guide or DK Travel Guide . The Rough Guide is my favourite. 

2 Days in London: Where to Stay

Budget – safestay, holland park.

It might not have the most imaginative name, but this hotel-come- hostel in the leafy area of Holland Park offers excellent value and good transportation links to whizz you into the centre, at a fraction of the cost of most other London hotels. Check prices at Safestay now. 

Mid-Range – K-West Hotel & Spa, Shepherd’s Bush

Ultra-modern rooms and a spa to pamper yourself in at the end of a long day. K-West might be an underground ride away from central London but it offers a high-end stay at mid-range prices, a rarity in a city known for its expensive accommodation. Check prices at K-West now.

Read More: K West Review

Luxury – Henrietta Hotel, Covent Garden

I am a sucker for a gorgeously-decorated boutique hotel, so it was inevitable that I’d love the Henrietta. What’s not to love? Its contemporary-luxe decor is eccentric enough to be interesting, comfortable enough to put you at ease. Add to that a central location and you’re onto a winner. Check prices at The Henrietta now.

Want to know more? Read all of my recommendations and reviews of the best hotels in London

Two Days in London – Itinerary Map

Recommended Reading for Planning Your London Itinerary

I’ve written a host of guides about London (check out the full collection here) but I would particularly recommend reading these before your trip. 

  • One Day in London : To help you plan an even shorter trip to the city!
  • Five Days in London: In case you decide you want to stay longer.
  • Where to Stay in London : An area by area guide of the best areas to stay in London and what to do in each one. 
  • The London Sightseeing Guide : a guide to London’s top sights and attractions. Obviously this itinerary is a gentle guide –  see if there’s anything you’d like to swap in or out for your two days in London. 
  • London Tourist Map : All of London’s top sights on one handy interactive map. Complete with a printable version.
  • Is the London Pass Worth It ? Work out if the London Pass is right for you or whether you should skip. 
  • Offbeat Things to do in London : Away from the big sights, these are the cool, quirky and sometimes weird things that London has to offer. 
  • Tipping in London : Navigate the murky waters of tipping in the big smoke.
  • Day Trips from London : Cool British destinations in easy day trip distance from London. 
  • Harry Potter in London : Hunting out Harry Potter filming locations and hotspots. 
  • London for Free : 30 brilliant things to do in London that are completely free.
  • London at Night : How to see the best of the capital after dark. 
  • London’s Best Secret Bars and Speakeasies : For illicit cocktails and cheeky drinks. 
  • Solo London : The best things to do in London when you’re flyin’ solo. 

Love this? Save and Share on Pinterest!

trip to london planner

Sapal Pastakia

Wednesday 6th of May 2020

The best tour plan of London. Thoroughly enjoyed.

Julianna Barnaby

Tuesday 12th of May 2020

Thank you Sapal - really glad to hear.

Wednesday 26th of February 2020

Thank you so much for putting this outstanding itinerary together. I'll have 2 full days in London on May before leaving on a cruise, and this is exactly what I was looking for. I'm staying in Holborn and from the looks of it, I'll be right in the middle of all of your Google pins! :)

Thursday 27th of February 2020

Hey Mike - Thanks for dropping a comment and your lovely words. It's really appreciated. Holborn is indeed a brilliant location for your stay - have a wonderful trip!

Saturday 25th of January 2020

Thank you for your two days of adventures in London! I’ve visited twice before, but has been a long time passed. Bringing three first time visitors in Sept 2020. This will be a grand plan for us. Wondering about cheapest transportation for 4 and best location to stay to work in the most of this tour. Will cut out museums. Want to tour Buckingham Palace & Tower of London for sure. I will review the additional guides you listed above too. Want to stay in safe area for 4 female tourists. Glad I’m planning early. Thanks for your help! K

Tuesday 28th of January 2020

I'm glad you're planning ahead for your time in London - sounds like it's an exciting trip. Transport-wise, I'd always recommend taking public transport as much as possible. Get an oyster card (or you can use your contactless card - just check your card provider's foreign transaction fees) and then you can top it up and pay for what you use (up to a capped amount). It's hard to say where to stay without having an idea of your budget - places like Soho and Covent Garden are well-located but generally expensive, while areas like Shoreditch and other parts of East London are cheaper but a bit further out. You'll probably find the where to stay in London guide useful as it will give you an idea of what's in each area and pros and cons. https://www.thediscoveriesof.com/best-hotels-in-london/ All the best, Julianna

Saturday 26th of October 2019

We are coming to London with a 20 month old on Dec 1 for 2 days. Any modifications you recommend for the winter/Christmas season? Also, how do you feel about Hamley's (to me it seems like a must-do with an infant). Thoughts? Thank you in advance.

Hey Jason - I've got a piece on cool things to do in London at Christmas here, which you'll probably find helpful. Hamley's is a great stop during the Christmas period, so would totally recommend including it, and also visiting the Christmas lights (the ones on Regent Street have been better than those on Oxford Street in recent years but they're right next to each other so you can easily see both - swing by Carnaby Street for more cool lights in that area too). Have a great time!

This is great!We are going to try your itinerary out next May (2020)! Any modifications you'd suggest if traveling with a 16-year old? It is our first trip to London. Thanks!

Hi Robin, glad to hear you're excited about your London trip. I think that itinerary is fine for a 16 year old overall - you probably want to cut out the cocktails - maybe replace the evening in Soho with dinner and a trip to a West End show but I think you'll all have a great time :)

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

  • Eltham Palace: Discovering South London’s Gorgeous Art Deco Secret
  • Staying At: The Laslett, Notting Hill Review
  • Carreras Cigarette Factory: A Curious Reminder of London’s Egyptian Art Deco Craze

We3Travel

7 Day London Itinerary: Plan a Perfect Week in London

We recently spent one week in London and, as you can imagine from a travel planner, I spent a lot of time thinking about our London itinerary before we left. One thing that always surprises me about planning a trip to London is just how much there is to do in the city. While 7 days in London seems like a long time, you will be surprised by how quickly your time fills up.

With 5 days in London, you will have enough time to hit all of the highlights if you are smart about how you organize your time. However, I’d recommend planning a week in London to leave some time for day trips to places like Stonehenge, Oxford , or Bath , or specialty tours. Based on our own trip, and my experience planning multiple London trips for other families, I’ve put together this 7 day London itinerary as your very own cheat sheet to planning an awesome trip.

Wondering how much a 7-day trip to London costs? Check out my London trip budget guide .

Kensington Palace London itinerary 7 days

7 Day London Itinerary with Family

Note: This post contains affiliate links. If you click and make a purchase, I may receive a small commission at no cost to you.

I’ve created this 7-day itinerary with London for families in mind, taking care not to overstuff the days racing from attraction to attraction. Trust me, it is easy to fill every second of the day and still not see everything in London. But since that will make most kids miserable, I’ve tried to balance out sightseeing with some downtime and included the must-see attractions that are appealing to families with children of all ages.

We visited London with our teen (see more things to do in London with teens ), but this is a trip that will appeal to school-age children and tweens as well. If you do plan on visiting many of the attractions and historical sights listed in this London itinerary, you may want to look at investing in the London Pass.

Click this image to open an ad free PDF printable version of the article.

Day One – Arrival

Girl and dad in a red telephone booth in London

If you are coming from the United States, you will likely arrive pretty early and have a lot of time to kill on not much sleep before you are able to check into your hotel. Ideally, you can book a room for the night before so that you can check in as soon as you arrive, but at a minimum try to request early check-in.

We stayed in two different locations in central London, which I will explain more about later. The first, the Royal Garden Hotel , was near Kensington Palace and Hyde Park, with easy access to the Tube. The second, the Athenaeum Hotel & Residences , was within easy walking distance to most of central London in Mayfair. For more options, also check out the top family-friendly hotels in London on TripAdvisor.

If you decide on an apartment rental , be sure to work out luggage storage with the property managers so you don’t have to lug your bags around until check-in time.

If you do need to kill some time, a hop-on hop-off bus tour is a good way to get a sense of the city without expending too much energy.

You can also spend some time relaxing in Hyde Park. In nice weather, you can rent a pedal boat on the Serpentine. Young children will love the Princess Diana Memorial Playground, or you can take a tour of Kensington Palace and Kensington Gardens.

We loved staying at the Royal Garden Hotel, just steps away from Kensington Palace. We spent our time until our room was ready taking in the Princess Diana exhibit at Kensington Palace . That night we took advantage of the hotel’s food and flicks package to watch a movie and order up a room service buffet of fun treats.

Whatever you do, don’t overdo it on your first day because you want to save your energy for the rest of the trip. This is your day to get acclimated and seek out those classic British experiences (like a family photo in a red telephone booth!)

Day Two – Royal London

Westminster Abbey London

If you start your day early, you can fit in many of London’s most recognizable attractions for a big “wow” factor on your first full day. Start off at Westminster Abbey, the coronation church since 1066 and the burial spot for many of England’s most famous authors, poets, and royalty, including 17 monarchs. With over 1,000 years of history, this has been an important historical landmark for centuries.

It is highly recommended to book online tickets and ticket sales open up two months in advance. If you aren’t taking a formal tour , at least rent an audio guide so you can understand what you are looking at.

royal horse guards

Depending on how much time you spend in Westminster Abbey (allot at least one hour) and when you started, you may be able to catch the Royal Horse Guard Parade . This can be a nice alternative or complement to the more well-known Changing of the Guard (and it is much easier to get a better viewing spot.)

The Queen’s Life Guard changes daily during the Horse Guards Parade at 11:00 on weekdays and   10:00 on Sundays. The Horse Guards leave Hyde Park Barracks at 10:30 on weekdays and 9:30 on Sundays to ride to Horse Guards Parade via Hyde Park Corner, Constitution Hill, and The Mall on their way to the guard change ceremony.

The New Guard arrives at Horse Guards Parade at 11:00 am and the ceremony lasts about half an hour. The Old Guard leaves Horse Guards Parade at 11:30 and passes Buckingham Palace at 11:45 am. Just be sure to check the schedules in advance as they can vary by season and depend on any royal appearances.

From there, walk down to the River Thames for a boat trip down to the Tower of London. The London Pass will get you into Westminster Abbey, the Tower of London, and includes a Thames River Cruise, or you can just buy a hop-on, hop-off boat tour ticket.

Or, you can take a faster water taxi using your Oyster Card . An Oyster Card is a transportation pass for the Underground Metro. You can get a Visitor Pass and load it up depending on how much you think you will use the Tube during your stay. Either way, arriving at the Tower of London via the Thames is reminiscent of how prisoners or visitors were brought to the Tower back in the day and it is a cool way to cruise through the city.

Tower of London

I would highly recommend a tour of the Tower of London . I know the first time I visited, we mainly went to see the Crown Jewels and nothing else really stuck with me, but there is so much history there to soak up. The Tower of London was built in the 1070s by William the Conqueror and has been a prison, royal armory, royal mint, and even a zoo.

For 500 years, the Tower was used by monarchs as a luxurious palace, but today it is more well-known for some of its most infamous prisoners and the mysteries surrounding some of them. With all the history, you can see why I recommend visiting with a guide. Walking around on your own is fine if you just want to see the Crown Jewels or the Ravens, but the rooms are rather bare without the stories that fill them.

You can always take one of the public Yeoman Warder tours, but you may end up with a group of 40 people. We saw those around the grounds and I imagine it would be very hard to hear and see in a group that large, let alone ask questions.

What we did was take a half-day tour that included Westminster Abbey and the Tower of London , which worked out great. If you are visiting London around Christmas , like we did, you can expect really long lines to get in. Luckily your guide can navigate lines and get you fast-tracked.

If you need lunch beforehand, take a walk over to Leadenhall Market. This covered market is filled with boutiques, shops, restaurants, and bars, and was even used in filming Harry Potter as the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron and Diagon Alley.

If you don’t want to go out of your way, there is also a small cafe on-site at the Tower of London that serves meat pies and small snacks.

Tower Bridge in London

After spending a couple of hours exploring the Tower of London, I would recommend walking across the Tower Bridge and visiting the Tower Bridge Exhibition . Tower Bridge is the iconic bridge that many of us think of as “London Bridge.” Today you can walk across the Bridge on high-level glass walkways for stunning panoramic views.

You can also go into the magnificent Victorian Engine Rooms and see the engineering magic behind this landmark.

Day Three – City of London

Buckingham Palace changing of the guard

If you didn’t catch the Horse Guard Parade yesterday, make sure you get to Buckingham Palace early for the Changing of the Guard ceremony. Be sure to plan ahead and check the schedule , especially if you are visiting in the winter as the ceremony doesn’t happen every day in the winter.

If the ceremony is taking place at 11 am, I would recommend arriving at the Palace NO LATER than 10:30 am (10:15 or even 10 am would be better to get primo spots by the fence.) Expect big crowds so keep an eye on your children and your purses/bags.

You may want to bring a selfie stick to take pictures above the crowds. You can also gather by the monument across from the palace and still get a good view of the guards as they march in.

After the parade, walk through the Mall over to Trafalgar Square. It is always fun to pose with the lions in front of Nelson’s Column. You can also stop at the National Gallery in the Square (admission is free!)

Trafalgar square fountains

From here, walk through Leicester Square (you may want to check out the giant Lego Store) and over to Covent Garden for lunch and some shopping. Try Chez Antionette for fresh soup, tartine, and charcuterie, or make a reservation at Dishoom for some excellent Indian food (you MUST try the Black Daal!)

If you aren’t too tired, continue on to St. Paul’s Cathedral . You can visit and see where Prince Charles and Princess Diana were married. St. Paul’s is open to visitors Monday through Saturday. It opens for visitors at 8:30 am on most days and 10:00 am on Wednesdays and the last visitors can enter at 4:00 pm.

You can buy tickets right up until the time of entry, but it is recommended that you purchase them in advance. You can even climb to the top of the Dome for views over London.

Day Four – South Bank

London Eye

Start your day at either Westminster or Waterloo station and get some good views from the South Bank side of the Westminster Bridge of Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament.

After catching your photo opportunity, head over to the London Eye . I’d highly recommend booking in advance so you can skip the line when you arrive.

If you don’t want to worry about arriving at a certain time, you can always buy a Flex ticket that lets you skip the line at any point during the day that you reserved.

This could be a good idea to give you more flexibility to work around the weather. When we visited we booked a timed-entry ticket and it was great to skip the line, but there wasn’t a very big line anyway because it was rainy. The rain definitely impeded our views from the top, but it was still a fun experience.

Stop for lunch at Black & Blue near Waterloo or Swan at Shakespeare’s Globe . If you can continue to walk along the waterfront, you will pass the Millennium Bridge and arrive at Shakespeare’s Globe.

Shakespeare's globe theater from the outside

You can stop in for a guided tour of this reconstructed theater or visit the Tate Modern museum.

End your exploration of the South Bank at the fantastic Borough Market . Just make sure you save some room after lunch to sample some of the tasty food stalls and shops. Borough Market is the oldest and largest food market in London, with a focus on quality food, sustainable production, and social interaction. Nearby, you can see filming sites for both Harry Potter and Bridget Jones’ Diary.

There are also plenty of other things to do on the South Bank, but some are really touristy (e.g. SEA Life Aquarium) and these will give you a more authentic experience. If you have some extra time, you may want to try to catch the sunset from the viewing gallery at The Shard, a skyscraper comprised of office space, residences, and restaurants and bars. The viewing platform is on floors 68, 69, and 72, almost twice the height of any other viewing platform in London, offering 360-degree views for up to 40 miles.

Day Five – Museums and more

British Museum London

There are many museums in London (and so many are free!) but one that you can’t miss is the immense British Museum . There are eight million artifacts to see, so it is best to explore the museum with a guide . I should recognize that many of these artifacts were taken from their native homes and that is something to explore as you talk to the kids about colonialism (and rewatch the museum scene in the Black Panther.)

If you are visiting London with kids, make sure to find a family-friendly guide that can orient the tours to capture the imaginations and spark the curiosity of kids of all ages.

Set aside at least half a day to explore the museum. Afterward, stop into Hamley’s, the world’s largest toy store, to delight the kids. Or, enjoy some ice cream sundaes at the Fortnum & Mason department store.

Pouring tea from a shiny pink tea kettle

Today may also be a good day to schedule an afternoon tea. After all, that is a must-do when in London and there are so many options that are kid-friendly. There is the science-themed afternoon tea at the Ampersand Hotel, the Arcane Wizard’s afternoon tea at the Wands and Wizards Exploratorium, and the Charlie and the Chocolate Factory Tea at One Aldwych, along with many others.

Day Six – Shopping and Special Interests

Warner Bros Studio Making of Harry Potter

You won’t run out of things to do with 1 week in London, but make sure you leave time for the things you really enjoy. As major Harry Potter fans, we enjoyed a day out at the Warner Bros. Studio Making of Harry Potter tour . Between transportation and time on site, this really ends up taking nearly a whole day from your London itinerary.

Just make sure if you plan on doing this that you book your tickets months in advance because they sell out really early!

We also spent part of one of our days taking a Harry Potter Black Cab driving tour to see all the Harry Potter attractions in London. See my post about Harry Potter sites in London for my full review of both the Studio Tour (spoiler alert: totally a must-do for Harry Potter fans) and the Black Cab Tour (spoiler: only for true die-hards.)

If you are a Sherlock Holmes fan, I have to say I found that museum pretty disappointing. There are so many options depending on your interests from a Beatles walking tour, Dr. Who walking tour ,  ghost tours , a street art tour , and even a Paddington bear tour .

You may also want to visit some of the classic London department stores like Harrod’s or Claridges. And take time to go to the theater. This could also be a good day to visit some other London attractions like Churchill’s War Rooms, the Victoria & Albert Museum, Kew Gardens, or Nottinghill.

If you enjoy food and drink (who doesn’t?), you may want to look at a gin tasting tour or an evening SoHo food tour .

Day Seven – Day Trip

Stonehenge England London day trip

If you have one week in London, you should have enough time to plan at least one day trip. Popular day trips include Windsor Castle, Stonehenge, Oxford, or Bath. You can visit Oxford or Bath as a day trip by train on your own, or book a guided Stonehenge and Bath day trip .

We wanted to do something on our own but didn’t want to drive. So we took a custom day trip with British Tours to Stonehenge and Oxford . Our driver-guide Michael did an excellent job explaining Stonehenge’s fascinating history and showed us all the Harry Potter tie-ins at Oxford.

Located about 1.5 hours from London, a Stonehenge day trip is one of the most popular for families. There is just something about those mysterious prehistoric stones that fascinates kids and adults alike — especially families like ours that have a special interest in sci-fi and fantasy. After all, isn’t it fun to imagine that those stones were placed there by aliens? (But don’t worry, they weren’t.)If you are visiting Stonehenge on your own, you will want to spend some time in the visitor center to understand its history. You will park at the visitor center up the road and then take a shuttle over to the stone circle. You can no longer walk right up and touch the stones, as barriers have been erected to preserve this historical site.

Our driver-guide Michael from British Tours filled us in on the history of Stonehenge on the ride up from London. We don’t really know the purpose of the stones, since they are 5100 years old (built around the same time as the pyramids) and pre-date written history.

We don’t know what is special about the area, but we have to assume that the whole area was considered sacred as there is also another mini Stonehenge nearby. The smaller stones are 5,000 lbs. and they came from Wales 125 miles away. It is mind-boggling to consider how the ancient Druids crafted and moved these stones when the wheel hadn’t even been invented yet and there was no metal yet to use to shape the stones. The larger stones came from only 25 miles away but they are tens of thousands of pounds!

Oxford is another great day trip pick for families. There is enough to see that you could spend a weekend in Oxford . This university town is both quaint and rich in history. In warmer weather, families can enjoy taking a punting boat out on the river. But one of the main draws for us (and other families) is that it was the filming site for many scenes in the Harry Potter movies. If you visit on your own, you can join a Harry Potter walking tour. But since I told British Tours that this was important to us, our driver guide Michael was able to focus much of our visit on seeing these sites.

Oxford used to be called Oxenford (where oxen crossed or forded the Thames to be brought to market), but it became a place for study after students were thrown out of the Sorbonne in France because of a war in the 1200s. They came to Oxford to study and it grew until it was granted status as a University. Today, the University of Oxford has 38 individual colleges.

There is so much to see in Oxford you can really spend at least a full day but our Oxford tour started off at New College, where Michael pointed out the Cloisters, which were used for many hallway scenes in the Harry Potter movies. You can also see the tree where Draco Malfoy was turned into a ferret.

After lunch we visiting the Great Hall at Christchurch College, which was where they filmed scenes for the dining hall at Hogwarts. And the staircase was where McGonagall greeted all the first year students in the first movie. Something about it just makes you want to put on a robe, head into the library and start studying (magic or something else!)

Christchurch College Great Hall

Oxford is such a wonderful place to visit for those with a literary bent. Famous authors like C.S. Lewis, J.R.R. Tolkein, Lewis Carroll and others have spent time in Oxford and it is fun to follow in their footsteps.

Visiting both places was a full day, departing at 8am and returning to our central London hotel by 6pm. In the summer, it would be light longer and attractions would stay open later. If that was the case, we would have included a stop in the village of Lacock in the Cotswolds, another Harry Potter filming site.

So there you have it, a London itinerary with 7 days jam-packed full (but not too full) of fun!

Getting to and around London

Girl pointing to an underground map at Notting Hill Gate station

Most airlines from the USA will fly into London Heathrow (LHR) airport, although you may find some that go into London Gatwick (LGW.) If you are looking for cheap flights to London, you may want to look at discount airlines like Play Airlines through Iceland, or use miles and points on JetBlue or American Airlines (or other OneWorld Alliance Members.)

We actually found cheap flights (under $500 per person just before Christmas) on Aer Lingus through Dublin. While it took a little longer, it was worth the cost savings and if you have more time, you can always combine a trip to London with 3 days in Dublin .

If you fly into Heathrow, the fastest way to get to Central London is on the Heathrow Express train. This high-frequency train service provides a 15-minute journey from London Paddington Station to Heathrow Terminals 2 & 3, with an extra six minutes to Terminal 5. A free transfer is available to Terminal 4.

Alternatively, the average price of a cab from Heathrow to central London is £90. If you want to arrange a private transfer instead of waiting in line for a cab, it will only cost a little bit more.

Once you arrive in London, you will want to learn how to use the Underground metro to get around. The “Tube” as it is called in London is easy to navigate. The Underground is divided into nine zones and all of central London is covered by zone 1. There are 11 Tube lines in all, so you just need to identify the line you want to take, the endpoint of the direction in which you are traveling, and the station you want to get off at.

The Tube fare depends on how far you travel, the time of day, and how you pay. The Oyster card or contactless payments are the cheapest way to pay for single fares. An adult cash fare on the London metro for a single journey in zone 1 is £5.50. The same Tube fare with a Visitor Oyster card, Oyster card or contactless payment card is £2.40. 

A Visitor Oyster Card is a smartcard that lets you pay for journeys on the bus, Tube, tram, DLR, London Overground, TfL Rail, River Bus, and most National Rail services in London. You put money on your Visitor Oyster card and use it to pay as you go. You can purchase the Visitor Oyster Card before you travel and it will be delivered to your home and ready to use when you arrive.

Where to Stay in London with Kids

Note: We received a media package at the Royal Garden Hotel and hosted stay at the Athenaeum, all opinions are my own.

Statue and Kensington Palace

Royal Garden Hotel

The Royal Garden Hotel is located just outside of Kensington Gardens, nestled between Hyde Park and Millionaires Row on a sought-after piece of real estate on Kensington Road. With some rooms overlooking the park, the location really offers the best of both worlds.

It is convenient to all major attractions (Tower of London, London Eye, etc.) with the Kensington High Street tube station just a five-minute walk from the hotel. Yet you also have the peaceful views of the park with easy access to fun and play. It is a five-minute walk to Kensington Palace and just 10 minutes to the Princess Diana Memorial playground. The Royal Garden hotel even offers loaner scooters to families that want to spend time enjoying the park!

The Royal Garden Hotel décor has the feel of an upscale business hotel – clean and classy without a ton of personality. We stayed in an Executive Room and it was surprisingly spacious for the three of us. I didn’t have a chance to tour other rooms but the Executive Room with a king-sized bed and full pullout sofa bed is plenty of room for a family of four with two small children or a family of three with a teenager.

trip to london planner

The bathroom was also quite large with both a tub and stand-up shower. Of course, it always makes me happy when a hotel offers a heated towel rack, robes, and slippers – especially when I want to warm up after a chilly, wet day exploring London. Some of the other luxe perks that I appreciated were the turndown service with complimentary bottled water, complimentary shoe shine, and no additional charge for breakfast room service – this really helped us get out the door on time in the mornings!

Since we stayed for four nights, we had time to enjoy all three of the Royal Garden Hotel’s restaurants. The kid-friendly Park Terrace restaurant offers pretty views and a generous breakfast buffet (so it pays to book a package that includes free breakfast), as well as options for lunch and tea. Bertie’s Bar offers light bites, perfect for when you need just a little snack after indulging at high tea. For a splurge, the Min Jiang restaurant on the tenth floor offers authentic Chinese cuisine with beautiful views over Hyde Park.

Athenaeum Hotel & Residences

Bedroom bed and chairs at the Athenaeum hotel and residences

For the latter part of our stay, we switched over to the Athenaeum Hotel & Residences, on Piccadilly in the Mayfair neighborhood. This is a great location in the heart of London, just a couple of minutes’ walk to the Green Park tube station. Buckingham Palace, Fortnum & Mason department store, Hamley’s toy store, and Trafalgar Square are all within a five-to-ten-minute walk.

The Athenaeum really prides itself on making you feel at home. Every time we walked in, it was “Welcome home Mrs. Gruber” and when we left “Have a good day Mrs. Gruber.” The deluxe rooms are a bit tight for a family of three once you bring in the rollaway bed, but the Athenaeum also offers family rooms and luxury serviced apartments with fully-equipped kitchenettes.

The design and decor are luxurious and fashionable, while still feeling comfortable and child-friendly. The lobby is small but a cozy spot to enjoy a cup of tea and watch the foot traffic along Piccadilly. It was especially beautiful all decked out in its Christmas finery.

Just off the lobby is 116 at the Athenaeum, featuring local produce from independent farmers across the United Kingdom for a modern take on classic British dishes. We had dinner at the restaurant on our second night and enjoyed the braised venison shoulder, Dingley Dell bacon chop with bubble and squeak, and the parsnip and cider soup. For pickier eaters, there is also a children’s menu.

Arthur the teddy bear and a note at the athenaeum hotel

Upstairs, it was all about comfort. Our deluxe room was cozy and the bathroom was also much smaller than the family-sized bathroom at the Royal Garden, but the decor and touches were all about stylish luxury. You couldn’t beat our views over Green Park and, for overlooking Piccadilly, the room was surprisingly quiet.

The Athenaeum also provides the amenities you would expect from a luxury hotel — robes, slippers, turn-down service, a coffee maker, and a mini-fridge with free coffee, tea, milk, juice, and water. With such luxurious comforts, stand-out service, and a convenient location, I would have loved to stay even longer at the Athenaeum.

Looking for more information?

If you are planning a trip to London, be sure to also check out these posts:

  • Trip to Lond on cost
  • Festive things to do in London at Christmas
  • Ultimate fan guide for Harry Potter attractions in London

PIN THIS FOR LATER

Planning London travel? Use this 7 day London itinerary to figure out where to stay, where to eat, and things to do in the city. #london

Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save Save

Tamara Gruber headshot

Tamara Gruber is the Founder and Publisher of We3Travel. A former marketing executive and travel advisor, Tamara is an award-winning travel writer and recognized expert in family travel. Tamara is a member of SATW and the Adventure Travel Trade Association, and serves on the Board of the Family Travel Association. She is also the publisher of YourTimetoFly.com and the co-host of the Vacation Mavens travel podcast.

Find this useful? Share it!

Publish Date: November 23, 2022

4 thoughts on “7 Day London Itinerary: Plan a Perfect Week in London”

The ITINERARY appeared to be ok. How ever I think you could have visited more places in London in seven days. Good to see that South Bank was in list of places to visit. Thanks you very much, I like your experience in London.

I am sure we could have but we like to make sure we have downtime on our trips too.

As a Brit who has visited London many times and because my brother-in-law is a yeoman warder at the tower of london ( so he and my sister live inside the tower so thats where I get to stay 😉 )I have to say this is a pretty good ITINERARY although maybe exhausting.One always seems to spend an inordinate amount of time on the underground.

My one tip for visitors. If you are British contact your MP for a free visit around the house of Lords and commons – it is your right to claim one. If you are a foreign visitor but have british friends get them to contact their mp so they can take you for free. I also recommend the 24hr open top bus ticket and remember you get a free boat trip too and access to walking tours. There is also a Jack the Ripper Walk that starts at 6pm near to Tower Hill Underground station. Make sure the leader is an off duty Yeoman warder (beefeater) because they are the best tours. Good Luck

Thanks for the feedback Rob! I tend to plan to keep us busy but then cut things out if we are tired or time runs short 🙂

Comments are closed.

Brand_Element_1.png

SIGN UP FOR OUR NEWSLETTER & RECEIVE A FAMILY VACATION PLANNING KIT!

We3Travel.com will use the information you provide on this form to send you newsletters. You can unsubscribe at any time by clicking the link in the footer of any email you receive from us, or by contacting [email protected] . By clicking below, you agree that we may process your information in accordance with these terms.

fam-book

Start typing and press enter to search

Wanderlust Crew

  • Switzerland
  • The Netherlands
  • National Parks
  • Affording Travel
  • Photography
  • Responsible Travel
  • Worldschool
  • Wanderlust Guides
  • Travel Planning
  • Work with Us

England , Europe , Travel

Perfect london itinerary.

perfect london itinerary

This is the perfect London itinerary for a week in London. See all the main sites and a few unique ones as well. 

The perfect one week in london itinerary.

This post contains affiliate links.

I’ve spent a lot of time in London over the last few years, and countless hours organizing itineraries to London for friends and families who visit. London is one of those places that you could live your whole life in and still not behold all its wonders. The best things to do in London England are not simply the main sites, but the hidden gems as well. 

I’ve tried my best to create this itinerary for one week in London for the first time visitor that will cover a broad range of interests while seeing the most iconic sites in London along with some lesser-known, more quirky sites. I’ve also included some of my favorite spots to eat. This itinerary for one week in London should allow you to walk everywhere you go, depending on where you are staying. You can arrange these however you want.

Here's a Short Cut

Where to Stay in London

Need more london inspiration, before you go to london, easy london itinerary, interactive london itinerary map, click here for the map, 1. full english breakfast at regency cafe, 2. westminster abbey, 4. london eye, 5. afternoon tea at the library lounge, 6. south bank, 1.  juice & public, 2. leicester square, 3. trafalgar square, 4. the wolsely, 5. buckingham palace and horseguards, 6. 10 downing street, 7. covent garden dinner, 8. catch a show, click here for map, 1. pret a manger, 2. kensington palace, 3. eat at wagamama for lunch, 4. victoria & albert museum, 6. wander through hyde park, 7. dishoom indian food, click here for map 1. simply tasty cafe & kitchen, 2. tower of london, 3. tower bridge, 4. lunch borough market, 5. shakespeare’s globe theater, 6. st paul’s, 7. rules.

  •  1. Daylesford Organic

2. Notting Hill

2. portabello road.

  • Click Here for MapHarry Potter Tour:

Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studios

1. biegel bake or cereal killer cafe, 2. explore brick lane, 3. dickens museum and/or british museum, 4. fryer’s delight, 5. piccadilly circus, 6. tea at the ritz.

If you’re planning your stay for a week in London and you want to minimize your traveling time, it’s important to stay in a good location. We have a few favorite places that we have stayed in, but it really depends on your group size and interests. 

We stayed in this beautiful house in London over Christmas and it was perfect for our family. 

Here is a list of some amazing and affordable apartment rentals in London

London Itinerary

If you’re looking for more information on London, don’t miss my other great articles about my favorite city!

London Travel Guide London Transportation Guide: How to Get Around London 115 Amazing things to do in London A Guide to London with Kids Harry Potter London Vacation Paddington’s Guide to London The Best Day Trips from London Christmas in London

London Pass

Before you go to London, you’ll want to purchase the London Pass. This will save you tons of money! It includes entry to over 80 attractions, including:

• Tower of London • Hop on Hop off Bus Tour • Thames River Cruise • Windsor Castle • Westminster Abbey • London Bridge Experience and London Tombs • Tower Bridge Exhibition • London Zoo • Kensington Palace & The Orangery • Hampton Court Palace • ArcelorMittal Orbit • Arsenal FC Stadium (Emirates Stadium) • Apsley House • Banqueting House • Beefeater Gin Distillery Tour • Benjamin Franklin House • Best LDN Walks tour around Royal London • Cartoon Museum • Chelsea Cinema • Chelsea FC Stadium Tour • Chelsea Physic Garden • Chislehurst Caves • Churchill Museum & Cabinet War Rooms • City Cruises • The Courtauld Gallery • Curzon Mayfair Cinema • Curzon Soho Cinema • Eltham Palace • Estorick Collection of Modern Italian Art • Eton College • Fan Museum • Foundling Museum • Guards Museum • Handel House Museum • Household Cavalry Museum • HMS Belfast • Imperial War Museum London • Jason’s Canal Boat Trip • Jewel Tower • Kew Gardens • KIA Oval • London Bicycle Tour Company • London Canal Museum • London Motor Museum • London Museum of Water and Steam • London Legends Walk • London Transport Museum • London Wetland Centre • Lord’s Cricket Ground • Monument • Museum of Brands, Packaging, and Advertising • Museum of London Docklands (with guidebook) • Museum of Rugby • National Gallery • National Theatre Backstage Tours • Old Operating Theatre Museum • Pollocks Toy Museum • Queen’s Gallery • Queen’s Ice & Bowl • Renoir Cinema • Royal Albert Hall • Royal Mews • Royal Observatory Greenwich • Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre • The British Museum (entry to one exhibition)  • The Postal Museum • Tour & Exhibition • Southwark Cathedral • Tate Britain • Tate Modern • Wellington Arch • Wembley Stadium Tours • Wernher Collection at Ranger’s House • Wimbledon Lawn Tennis Museum • Wimbledon Tour Experience

If you’re looking for an easy, stress-free way to plan your trip to London, this itinerary is a must! It walks you through what to do each day and provides interactive maps and detailed information along with tour and accommodation recommendations. This guide has helped thousands of people plan trips to London with ease.

trip to london planner

I’ve created this interactive map for you to use. There are 7 layers or “routes,” with every day being a separate layer. You can open this up on your phone into Google Maps. 

Day 1: London’s Main Sights

Day 1 of this London itinerary will show you around London’s main sites so that you can be sure you see all the important things from the beginning! You may be tired and jet-lagged today, but it’s important to push through! If you sadly, only have one day in London, I recommend starting with this day’s itinerary and then fitting in as much as you can from day 2. 

perfect london itinerary day 1

It’s your first day in London, be sure to start it off right with a full English breakfast. What’s that you may ask? Well, besides a walking heart attack, it’s usually bacon, sausage, eggs, beans, tomatoes, mushroom and toast, and no one dishes out a great no-frills full English like the Regency Cafe.

After you’ve gorged yourself, you’ll have a half-mile to walk to Westminster Abbey. So much history is found here. If you are interested in British history or literature at all, you will love this!

perfect london itinerary

Walk around the corner just one block away. There’s not a more iconic sight in London than Big Ben! “Big Ben” is actually the name of the bell inside the tower and the tower is called the Elizabeth Tower. But everyone lovingly refers to this part of the houses of parliament as “Big Ben” and it’s one of those iconic pieces of architecture that does not disappoint in real life. The best views are found on Westminster Bridge. Watch out for selfie sticks!

NOTE: Poor Ben is covered in scaffolding for the next 2 years! It’s expected that renovations will be finished in 2021, making this a 5 year project! 

Time to walk across the Westminster Bridge to the London Eye. You’ll get a fantastic view of the city from the top of this 443-foot tall Ferris wheel on London’s Southbank.

perfect london itinerary

Just behind the London Eye you’ll find the Library Lounge in the beautiful Marriott County Hall. Enjoy a filling afternoon tea with fantastic views of the London Eye and Houses of Parliament.

trip to london planner

Southbank is a fun area near the London Eye along the Thames with a  roller rink called BUMP, a skate park (seen on Sherlock) and a hot chocolate stand called Beltane & Pop (they “adult” hot chocolates too). You also get the lovely view of the London Eye and Big Ben across Westminster Bridge all lit up at night!

perfect london itinerary

If you’d like the help of a local seeing the main sites of London, consider booking a tour with a true Londoner! 

perfect london itinerary

Day 2: More Main Sights & a Show

After indulging on your Full English Breakfast yesterday, it might be time for something a bit healthier. Try a smoothie or juice at Juice & Public.

Then head over the short distance to Leicester (pronounced Lester) Square, where you’ll find tons of movie theaters, awesome street performers, the cheap theater tickets booth (stop here for tonight’s tickets), the M&M Store and more!

Head on over to Trafalgar Square and hang out with the pigeons in Trafalgar Square and don’t miss the world’s smallest police station!

Stop into the Wolsely for a fancy lunch at this iconic restaurant.

perfect london itinerary

Walk off your delicious lunch to visit the queen at Buckingham Palace. If you time it right you can catch the changing of the guard. You can check the times here . If you’re lucky enough to be in London during the months of August or September, you can tour the staterooms of the palace. 

BOOK TICKETS HERE

perfect london itinerary

Ever wonder the exact address of the Prime Minister? Walk by his front door here.

Walk to Covent Garden to take in the performers and ambiance. There are plenty of restaurants to choose from here. Hang out here until it’s time for your show.

Most of the theaters will be around this area. Be sure to get your cheap tickets in the morning at Leicester Square. SEE WHAT’S PLAYING HERE

Day 3: Palaces, Parks, Museums

Start your day off at Pret A Manger, which you can find all over the city and offer juices, smoothies, sandwiches, and prepackaged healthy food.

Things to do in London

Immerse yourself in British history with this interactive Palace turned museum. You can try on Victoria era clothing and play a game of cards!

trip to london planner

This modern Japanese inspired food will be a nice change to all the meat pies and fish and chips you’ll be eating this week. CHECK THE MENU HERE

Walk down the road to the world’s largest mueum of decorative arts and design. The best part? It’s free! If that’s not for you, try out the Natural History Museum or the Science Museum across the street.

Take a little shopping break at this luxury department store. Be sure to head downstairs to the grocery section for snacks. If you go at Christmas time this place is an expensive wonderland.

Wander through Hyde Park and work up an appetite on your way to dinner on the other side of the park.

Indian food is a staple in London. Hit Dishoom London for some beautiful and authentic Indian food! 

If you have time, take this Hidden London Tour with my friend Fabian. Learn interesting history of this amazing city. 

Day 4: Ancient History

It might be time for another full English breakfast, or try something new. This traditional shop serves breakfa st all day, so don’t worry if you get up late.

The Tower of London is not to be missed. See the crown jewels and hang out with the beefeaters! They’re not just tour guides, but decorated veterans and all-around awesome people!

This is one of the best views of Tower Bridge so be sure to get a picture when you’re done at the tower. You can also go to the top of Tower Bridge, which is really amazing. There is a glass floor where you can look down at the River Thames. My kids love this! 

Cross the river either on Tower Bridge or London Bridge next door and wander on over to Borough Market to grab some lunch! There are so many options here, you may have a hard time not trying them all! If you have time, take a market tour with a local and learn about all the amazing food in London! 

trip to london planner

After filling up on tasties from Borough Market, waddle on over to Shakespeare’s Globe Theater. You’ll need to take a tour to see the inside of the Globe, or, even better, see a show if you’re there from April-October.

perfect london itinerary

There has been a St. Paul’s church at this site since 300 AD. The church has been burned and rebuilt 3 different times. The current St. Paul’s was the tallest building in London for over 200 years. You can pay to go inside or just walk around the outside, either choice is impressive!

After a one mile walk, treat yourself to a fine meal at London’s oldest restaurant, Rule’s, established in 1798 and frequented by the likes of Charles Dickens and Charlie Chaplin. Be sure to make a reservation well in advance. BOOK HERE

Day 5: Notting  Hill

  1. daylesford organic.

If you’re looking for a healthy, organic breakfast, this place is fantastic! SEE MENU HERE

Things to do in Notting Hill

This affluent West London district will make you wish you could move into one of the adorable pastel terraced victorian houses and never leave. Wander the streets and take the perfect Instagram picture until you get hungry again. I recommend taking a fun photo tour that will show you all the most beautiful places in Notting Hill! 

perfect london itinerary

Day 6: Harry Potter 

Day 6 of this London itinerary is ALL about Harry Potter! If you’re not a Potterhead, feel free to skip this day, but you’ll honestly still enjoy the tour even if you’re not. The guides discuss a lot of the connections between London and Harry Potter, but you’ll also get a lot of interesting history and information. 

If you’re really into Harry Potter, you may want to add an extra HP day to your London itinerary. Definitely read my guide to Harry Potter London! 

Click Here for Map Harry Potter Tour :

Today is ALL about Harry Potter! If you’re not a fan, you can skip this day, but you’ll still be seeing some awesome sights. Alternately, you can book a Harry Potter walking tour here . 

  • Westminster Tube (Closest tube to the Ministry of Magic as seen in The Order of the Phoenix)
  • Downing Street (Muggle Prime Minister’s Office and location of communication between the Muggle PM and the wizarding world)
  • Horseguards Avenue (Ministry of Magic Staff Entrance as seen in Deathly Hallows Part 1)
  • Scotland Yard Place/Horse Guards Avenue (Ministry of Magic Visitors entrance as seen in the Order of the Phoenix and Deathly Hallows Part 1)
  • Trafalgar Square (Location of the final Harry Potter film premiere)
  • Cecil’s Court (aka Diagon Alley)
  • Godwin’s Court (aka Knockturn Alley)
  • The Palace Theatre (home to the ‘The Cursed Child’ – the 8th story in the Harry Potter franchise)
  • St. Paul’s ( Geometrical Staircase as seen in the Prisoner of Azkaban)
  • Millennium Bridge (Rebuilt after the attack by the Death Eaters! (then a walk past Shakespeare’s globe)
  • Leadenhall Market
  • Finish your day off at King’s Cross Station for Platform 9 3/4 and the Harry Potter Shop . I you want to take pictures pushing your trolley through Platform 9 3/4, I HIGHLY recommend buying the VIP photopass, which will mean you can skip the long photo lines while also pre-paying for your photos. I think it’s so much fun and totally worth a stop on your London itinerary. 

Alternatively, you can also take a visit just outside London to the Harry Potter Studios where you’ll be treated to Butterbeer and be able to see some amazing things from the set of the movies! It’s a special place for sure! 

perfect london itinerary

Day 7: Shopping & High Tea

perfect london itinerary

Start your day off in Brick Lane. Once associated with slums and the scene of the crime for the Jack the Ripper murders, Brick Lane is now an edgy and artistic area. Start your day off with breakfast from either Biegel Bake (most amazing bagels ever) or if you’ve got a sweet tooth, head to Cereal Killer Cafe and have your pick from hundreds of cereals from around the world in any kind of combination you like. Or have both, I won’t judge!

After you’ve gorged yourself on bagels and cereal, wander around Brick Lane and do some shopping. You never know what you’ll find. Be sure to stop in at Dark Sugars, for some seriously amazing and different chocolate!

It’s up to you if you’d like to do both or just one. Both of these museums are fantastic. If you’re a major Dickens fan, go to the Dickens Museum. It’s small and will only take you about an hour.

This is a no frills chippy, but the fish is good and the chips are crisp!

The Times Square of London, Picadilly Circus is the crossroads of London.

perfect london itinerary

If you want to finish off your trip to London with a bang, book yourself an afternoon tea at the Ritz London, where you’ll be treated like royalty! Make reservations ASAP as they book out quickly! Plan on this for dinner, because those little delicious sandwiches are endless! BOOK HERE

perfect london itinerary

I hope this is the perfect London itinerary for you and that you fall in love with this city as much as I have! What else would you add to this to make it perfect? Email me at [email protected] and let me know!

Be sure to follow my London Pinterest Board for more ideas!

london itinerary

Wanderlust Crew

11 thoughts on “ perfect london itinerary ”.

' src=

whoah this blog is great i like reading your posts. Keep up the great work! You recognize, many individuals are hunting round for this information, you could help them greatly.

' src=

Howdy! I recently found your site and I certainly enjoy it. I also love to focus on phone number locator occasionally. Great to be around, many thanks!

' src=

I personally arrived over here via some other website on the subject of wifi router details and imagined I may as well check out this page. I like the things I see therefore now I am following you. Getting excited about looking over your website back again.

' src=

You’re absolutely correct. I enjoyed looking through this info and I will certainly come back for more immediately. My internet site is on mobile app developers, you might look if you happen to be interested in that.

' src=

Awsome site! I am loving it!! Will come back again. I am bookmarking your feeds also.

' src=

I’d like to find out more? I’d want to find out more details.

' src=

Thank you so much for including the maps, so many itineraries don’t.

' src=

This actually answered my problem, thank you!

' src=

Skype has opened up its online-dependent buyer beta for the entire world, after introducing it largely inside the Usa and You.K. before this 30 days. Skype for Website also now supports Chromebook and Linux for immediate messaging conversation (no video and voice however, individuals require a plug-in installing).

The expansion from the beta brings assistance for a longer selection of spoken languages to assist strengthen that global user friendliness

' src=

Hey! I recently came across this excellent website and I truly like it. I also want to speak about upvc windows styles and designs occasionally. Good to be around, bless you!

' src=

I was just searching for this info for a while. After 6 hours of continuous Googleing, at last I got it in your web site. I wonder what is the lack of Google strategy that do not rank this type of informative sites in top of the list. Usually the top sites are full of garbage.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of follow-up comments by email.

Notify me of new posts by email.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

The Best Time to Visit London

Weather & Climate

London's Airports

Neighborhoods to Know

Driving in London

Public Transport in London

London's Top Attractions

Free Things to Do

Things to Do With Kids

London's Best Parks

Museums in London

Theater in London

Live Music in London

Shopping in London

One Week in London: Itinerary

Day Trips From London

Beaches Near London

The Best Fish & Chips in London

London's Top Restaurants

Eating With Kids in London

London's Best Bars

Craft Beer in London

Your Trip to London: The Complete Guide

Buree Lalitathada / EyeEm/Getty Images

trip to london planner

London is a popular travel destination thanks to its culture, lively food scene, and royal ties. The British city attracts millions of visitors every year (more than 40.9 million in 2019! ), including many Americans, who find London easy to navigate (especially since the main language is English). Whether you're planning an extensive trip to explore London or including it as a stop on an itinerary of other European cities, there are a few things to keep in mind when planning. Consider what you want to see and do, and plan accordingly. And don't forget the umbrella.

Planning Your Trip

Best Time to Visit: London welcomes travelers all year, but the best times to visit can be spring and late fall thanks to the mild weather . Summer can be especially crowded, so you may find fewer lines and throngs of tourists during more off-peak times. The winter holidays can also be a great time to visit London, which gets very festive and well-decorated in December.

Language: English is the primary language spoken in London and the U.K., however Londoners come from all over the world, so it's not surprising to hear multiple other languages spoken around the city.

Currency: The currency in the U.K. is the pound sterling   , also known as GBP or just "the pound."

Getting Around: Transport for London has a vast network of public transportation options, including the Tube, buses, trains, and boats. It's recommended to avoid driving into the city center and use public transportation, or opt for a taxi or Uber. Black cabs are the official taxis in London and easy to hail anywhere around town.

Travel Tip: London is a very walkable city and one of the best ways to see different areas is to go by foot. Plan your days by neighborhood or general area, and stroll from attraction to attraction to make the most of your experience. For example, see Kensington Palace, Hyde Park and Notting Hill in the same day, or hit up the Tower of London, St. Paul's Cathedral and the Tate Modern in one swing.

Things to Do

There's a lot to see and do in London, from historical sites like Buckingham Palace to cultural institutions like the National Portrait Gallery. A trip to London typically consists of a mixture of iconic attractions, including Big Ben and the London Eye, and neighborhood exploration in areas like Notting Hill. Consider purchasing a London Pass to make the most of popular attractions. Don't miss theater in the West End, shopping around Covent Garden and snacking in London's many outdoor markets, including Borough Market and Broadway Market.

  • Kensington Palace and Kensington Gardens
  • The Tate Modern
  • Westminister Abbey

Explore more attractions with our full-length articles on what to see if you only have a few hours , what to do in the West End and things to do when it rains .

What to Eat and Drink

London's food scene is an eclectic mix of British and international eateries, with cuisine from all over the world available in the city's diverse neighborhoods. A classic experience is to dine (and grab a pint) in a local pub, which can be a great way to try British dishes like fish and chips and bangers and mash. London's ever-growing food scene isn't limited to just those well-known dishes, though: Look for hip spots like The Barbary, Barrafina and Caravan to experience a vibrant melange of internationally-inspired dishes.

London is also well-known for its impressive cocktail bars, many of which are nearly a century old. Don't miss a martini in The American Bar or Dukes, and consider exploring newer cocktail spots like Satan's Whiskers in Bethnal Green. Of course, you'll also want to book an afternoon tea somewhere classy. Look for high-end spots like Fortnum and Mason, The Savoy Hotel and The Ritz to make the most of your experience.

Explore our articles on the best restaurants with views , the best spots for afternoon tea and the best places for brunch .

Where to Stay

London is a large city, with many different areas, but most visitors find that it's convenient to stay centrally. Central neighborhoods like Covent Garden, Mayfair, Marylebone, Victoria and Kensington provide easy access to many popular attractions, as well as nearby restaurants and nightlife. Staying in adjacent areas like Fitzrovia, Pimlico, St. John's Wood and Southbank can be a good way to avoid crowds but keep the journey to the tourist spots quick and hassle-free. While many visitors elect to stay in a hotel, there are also many options for Airbnb and other vacation rental services. Those who want to splurge should look into iconic hotels like The Connaught, The Ritz and the Mandarin Oriental, which overlooks Hyde Park.

Explore our articles on the best budget hotels , the quirkiest places to stay and London's diverse neighborhoods .

Getting There

Most travelers arrive in London by plane, flying in to nearby airports like Heathrow, Gatwick, Luton and City. Visitors coming from Europe can also arrive via the Eurostar, which comes into to St. Pancras Station, or via ferry. Trains link London with the rest of England, as well as Scotland and Wales, and cruise ships typically port in the nearby city of Southampton. Most travelers don't rent a car when visiting London, but a car can be handy if you plan to explore other areas of the U.K.

  • Heathrow International Airport: Heathrow, located west of London, is the primary airport used by international travelers. It can be accessed by Tube, train, bus or taxi, and it's recommended to look into public transportation when arriving during rush hour. The Heathrow Express gets passengers from the airport in to Paddington Station in only 15 minutes (and is significantly cheaper when booked more than 30 days in advance online).
  • Gatwick Airport: Gatwick, also known as London Gatwick, is located to the south of central London and can boast cheaper flights than Heathrow. It's also a hub for EasyJet, a budget airline. The airport is best accessed via the Gatwick Express from Victoria Station or a train from London Bridge Station.
  • London Luton Airport: Luton can be found to the north of London and is frequently used for flights to the rest of Europe. Look for the Thames Link train or bus services to access the airport since a taxi can be quite expensive.
  • London Stansted Airport: Stansted, also to the north of the city, is an international airport, but typically used for shorter flights rather than big international arrivals. Trains and buses are the best way to get to and from Stansted, which can be an inconvenient and disorganized airport experience.
  • London City Airport: Located on the Royal Docks, London City is popular with short haul flights to Europe, but also services the U.S. via New York City. The airport is fairly central, so taxis or public transportation are both good options.

Explore our articles on how to get to Heathrow and how to get to Luton , as well as our guide to London's airports .

Culture and Customs

While London can feel similar to the U.S., there are a few differences, particularly when it comes to tipping. All restaurants and bars will include a service charge (usually 12.5 percent) on the bill, so there's not need to leave extra cash. If you do, 10 to 15 percent is customary   . Tip taxi drivers a few pounds if you appreciate their service, but unlike in the U.S. employees in the U.K. don't expect large tips.

One other important thing to be aware of is that British culture is fairly reserved. When using public transportation, especially the bus or the Tube, keep your voice low and be polite. Londoners also appreciate a good queue, so never skip the line or push your way to the front.

Money Saving Tips

  • Take advantage of free museums. Many of London's museums are free to enter, including the British Museum, the Tate Modern and the Tate Britain. This can be a great way to see iconic spots without spending any of your travel budget.
  • Get a free view. While high-up attractions like the London Eye and the Shard's viewing gallery can be pricy, the Tate Modern's 10th floor viewing deck is free, as is Sky Garden , which allows visitors to book a complimentary ticket in advance online.
  • Picnic in one of the parks . On a sunny day, Londoners love a good park outing. Head to Marks & Spencer or Pret to stock up on sandwiches and drinks, and find a spot in one of London's many parks. Some of the parks, including London Fields, even allow portable BBQs.
  • Purchase a London Pass. The London Pass includes entry to over 80 attractions, so can help save money if you plan to do a lot of sight-seeing. It also allows for fast-track entry at several of the attractions, which can be great when visiting during a busy time of year.

For more tips, explore our articles on the best free things to do in London , how to travel around London with your kids for free and the best free museums .

Visit Britain. "Inbound Tourism Performance: 2019 Snapshot."

Visit London Official Visitor Guide. "British Money."

Visit London Official Visitor Guide. "Tipping in London."

How to Get From Heathrow to Gatwick: The Complete Guide

Manchester Airport Guide

How to Enjoy a Quick Layover in London on a Budget

Your Trip to England: The Complete Guide

What to Do and See During One Week in London

Washington, D.C. Guide: Planning Your Trip

Heathrow Airport Guide

The Top 10 Things to Do in Kensington, London

Your Trip to Edinburgh: The Complete Guide

19 Things to See If You Only Have a Few Hours in London

The Top 10 Things to Do in Notting Hill, London

9 Top Things to Do in London for Easter

Your Trip to Frankfurt: The Complete Guide

Your Trip to Hong Kong: The Complete Guide

Your Trip to Birmingham, England: The Complete Guide

Your Trip to the Czech Republic: The Complete Guide

Travel Lemming Logo

A London Itinerary By a Local (5 Days Perfectly Planned)

' src=

👉 Jump to: Day 1 | Day 2 | Day 3 | Day 4 | Day 5 | Where to Stay | Map | Getting Around | Tips | FAQ | Get Printable Version

A five-day London itinerary is just enough time to get a taste of what this incredible city has to offer. Still, I can guarantee that after you experience the magic of the Big Smoke, you’ll be planning your next trip back.

In this guide, you’ll find a diverse 5-day pre-planned London itinerary that is filled with hand-picked recommendations by me, a London local.

We’ll cover some of the best things to do in London including world-famous attractions such as the London Bridge, Tower of London, Buckingham Palace, Tower Bridge, Westminster Abbey, The London Eye, and more.

Disclosure: Travel Lemming is an independent reader-supported blog. You can support us by purchasing via the affiliate links on this page, which may earn us commissions. See our Advertising Policy for further explanation. Thank you!

5-Day London Itinerary

🖨️  Get a printable version of this itinerary

Day 1 – London’s World-Famous Sites and Attractions

A Matcha latte with foamy art served at Shaman Coffee in London

There’s truly no better way to spend your first day in London than by taking in the world-famous sights that the city has to offer. 

Start off your London itinerary by heading straight into central London and grabbing a drink from a special local coffee shop like Blank Street Coffee . If you’re feeling hungry before touring around, The Riding House Café in Soho is an amazing brunch spot. 

Then, embark on a self-guided walking tour of the famous sites, such as Buckingham Palace , Westminster Abbey , St Paul’s Cathedral , the London Eye , Tower Bridge , Kensington Palace Gardens , Big Ben , Hyde Park , Millennium Bridge , and Royal Albert Hall .

It sounds like a lot, but these places are all within walking distance of each other. 

This sightseeing Thames River cruise is a great alternative to walking tours if you’d prefer to learn about British history from a knowledgeable guide.

👉 Pro Tip: The London Pass is a great way to see multiple attractions at a lower cost. It’s worth the buy if you plan on visiting places such as the Tower of London, a Unesco World Heritage Site, to see the crown jewels.

Afternoon 

The National Gallery under the colorful sky in Trafalgar Square during sunset

For lunch, head to Borough Market for a quick bite to eat. Borough Market is located near London Bridge, so if you’re doing a walking tour, I recommend ending it around that area for convenience. 

Now that you’re fueled up again, it’s time to take in some arts and culture. If you’re more of a history buff, I highly recommend a stop at the British Museum . If art is more your thing, a visit to the National Gallery is a must. These spots are located about a 15-minute walk from each other, so if you have time and are feeling ambitious, you could tackle both.

Following your afternoon of learning, a cocktail or mocktail at one of the best views in London is in order. The Sky Garden is a 20-minute tube ride from the British Museum on the central line from Holborn station or a 20-minute tube ride from the National Gallery on the District line from Embankment station. 

👉 Pro Tip: A great perk of the Sky Garden is that it’s free, but you have to book a ticket in advance. Tickets are released at the start of the week, so make sure you set a reminder so you don’t miss out.

A plate of pork belly served at Blanchette French Bistro in Soho

To cap off the evening, head to Soho , arguably London’s liveliest neighborhood, for a nice dinner and some entertainment.

I recommend Shack-Fuyu for a reasonably priced Japanese tasting menu, Lina Stores for pasta, or Blanchette (pictured above) for French cuisine with a modern twist.

👉 Pro Tip: Soho is a great area to stay when visiting London if you’d like to be in the middle of all the action. For a budget-friendly hotel in Soho, I would recommend the Z Hotel Trafalgar , located in the heart of Soho’s Trafalgar Square.

Day 2 – West London

‘Beyond the Streets’ exhibit displayed at Saatchi Gallery in London

On today’s West London itinerary, you will begin your morning by grabbing brunch on Chelsea’s iconic Pavilion Road at Granger & Co. , a great Aussie cafe. However, if you’re more in the mood for something sweet, there’s an Ottolenghi deli and cafe , inspired by the famous Israeli-born British Chef, and Bread Ahead , a local chain serving up decadent pastries. 

After brunch, head down to Sloane Square for a lovely scenic walk to Saatchi Gallery , a contemporary modern art gallery in the heart of Chelsea. The gallery has featured exhibits on everything ranging from a jewelry feature on Tiffany’s to a streetwear collaboration with Adidas.

Seats and plants found around Battersea Power Station

Right outside of the Saatchi Gallery is a fine food market in Duke of York Square that takes place every Saturday from 10 am – 4 pm. This is a great spot to grab a quick bite and carry on without having to spend the time for a sit-down meal. 

After your lunch or as you’re enjoying it, walk through Chelsea and across the bridge into Battersea , where you will arrive at the newly refurbished Battersea Power Station , which came back to life after over 40 years in the form of a shopping center in 2022. 

In this area, check out the coaling jetty dock where you can sit and enjoy a drink with friends, the surrounding shops and restaurants with a waterfront view of the River Thames , or the inside of the power station, equipped with a number of brand new shops and restaurants and a free museum on the history of the power station.

After visiting the industrial-chic power station, walk along the embankment directly into the lovely Battersea Park . This is a very picturesque walk and Battersea is hands down my favorite park in London.  

A plate of Piccatine Al Limone served at La Famiglia restaurant

Walking through Battersea Park, cross the pastel-colored Prince Albert Bridge back into Chelsea. Then, walk along King’s Road in the direction of Fulham until you reach the turn-off street to La Famiglia , a charming and authentic family-owned Italian restaurant that has been around since 1966. 

For dessert, stop in at Badiani – a great Gelato place within walking distance. They even have a private back terrace where you can sit and enjoy the gelato outside on a summer evening.   

Day 3 – Shoreditch

A pastry on a plate served in Yeast Bakery

On day 3 of your 5 days in London, you’re going East to Shoreditch, which will likely feel like the polar opposite of what you experienced in yesterday’s adventures. East London is very edgy, up-and-coming, and has a completely different vibe from West London. 

Start your morning by visiting one of London’s best coffee shops . A couple of my favorites are Allpress and Yeast Bakery . Both of these coffee shops have great atmospheres, but if you fancy taking your coffee on the go, I’d highly recommend taking a walk along the Regent’s Canal to Victoria Park . 

East London is known for being a street art haven, so make sure you keep an eye out along the way to admire murals from local artists. Victoria Park is always buzzing with people, and on Sundays, you can find a food market with a wide array of food trucks lined up.

People during a sunny morning in Broadway Market

Once you’ve gotten your fill of nature at Victoria Park, walk back up the canal to Broadway Market , a great street market in Hackney that takes place daily. You’ll normally find a great selection of vendors, particularly on weekends, and a number of sensational food choices that will be sure to tempt you with their delicious aromas.

At the tail end of the market, you also have London Fields Park which has a great pub in the middle of it called Pub in the Park with an outdoor terrace. It’s one of the best pubs in London !

Giving your feet an extra workout for the day, I would highly recommend continuing on to nearby Brick Lane , London’s vintage haven. This should take between 20-25 minutes, and I can assure you it is well worth the additional exercise.

A 6-minute walk away you’ll also find Boxpark Shoreditch , a cool shopping center, food court, and beer garden made out of old shipping containers. On weekend afternoons, this place fills up and is definitely the place to be.  

A plate of pasta with clams served in Brawn London

After a full day of walking, you’ll be ready to sit back and relax, and what better way to do so than with a high-quality meal in an atmospheric restaurant? 

East London has some of the best restaurants in London , and I’ve found a number of my favorite restaurants of all time in this area. A few of my top picks include Brawn , Manteca , and Brat .

Following dinner, head down to Nightjar for a nightcap. This is a really trendy underground speakeasy bar that serves creative cocktails. There is also live music on certain dates and times, so take a look at their website beforehand so you know what’s on for entertainment.

Day 4 – Day Trip to Cambridge

View from the inside of the Cambridge University’s King’s College

On the fourth day of your itinerary, you will be venturing 45 minutes out of London to none other than the world-famous academic city of Cambridge. For a Cambridge day trip from London , get on an express train at either London Liverpool Street or London King’s Cross stations.

Cambridge offers a little bit of everything. It is a booming economic city centered around the university, surrounded by nature, and filled with great independent shops, restaurants, and a huge farmer’s market. 

When you step off the train, head to Bould Brothers on Round Church Street for some specialty coffee and baked goods. This is some of the best coffee I’ve ever tasted, and this spot is local to Cambridge, founded by two brothers who are truly passionate about coffee.

While you’re enjoying your coffee, wander around the city and explore the local shops and the picturesque University of Cambridge.

View of boats at the River Cam in Cambridge

The next stop on your Cambridge tour is Cambridge Market Square , a huge farmer’s market in the middle of town. The market boasts several delicious street food vendors offering many types of international cuisines. Grab lunch before continuing on with the next activity.

Once you’re feeling full and satisfied, walk down to the River Cam and try your hand at punting, a very popular activity in Cambridge. You have two options when it comes to punting – either try doing the punting yourself or hire a boat with a guide who will do the hard work for you.

Once your punting tour is over and you’ve picked up a few new facts about Cambridge, it’s time for a cream tea at the Orchard Tea Room . This is a lovely garden oasis where you can enjoy your tea and scones on a lounge chair with a good book.

👉 Pro Tip: Punting is a very popular activity in Cambridge, especially in the summer, so I would highly recommend booking a tour in advance .

View at the Castle Mound ancient monument in Cambridge

After a relaxing afternoon in the tea garden, start your evening by watching the sunset on Castle Mound, a popular spot among residents. This historic mound offers incredible views across the Cambridge countryside, making it a great place to cozy up and see the sunset. 

This jam-packed day trip full of activities will likely have made you work up an appetite, so the final stop on the list is dinner. The Cambridge Chop House , The Oak Bistro , and Trinity Restaurant are a few highly rated spots that are great for a nice dinner.

Just as I would advise for London, Cambridge gets busy, especially on the weekends, so pick a restaurant that looks good and book ahead of time.

This concludes the day trip leg of your itinerary. Once you’ve finished your meal, you will catch the next train back to London. Be sure to check the train times before your dinner to see how late they are running, and make sure you don’t miss the last one of the night.

Day 5 – Covent Garden, Afternoon Tea, & Broadway

View of the people walking along the alley near the Neal’s Yard

Day 5 is all about the best of London and will be a mix of arts, traditional food, and shopping.

On your last day in London, start your morning at Covent Garden, a part of London that doubles as a market and shopping area.

This is one of the most popular neighborhoods in London, up there with Soho, and for good reason. It’s filled with charm, character, great food, and a wonderful selection of shops that are high-end and affordable. There are also great vendors inside Covent Garden’s famous indoor Apple Market . 

While doing your shopping, enjoy some live entertainment from the buskers that often put on performances in Covent Garden. 

After walking around the market grounds, take a walk through nearby Neal’s Yard to take in the colorful buildings and street art. My favorite brunch spot in the area is Drury 188-189 , serving up fantastic coffee, pastries, and eggs benny.

View of the outdoor tables and chairs at the courtyard of Dorchester Hotel in Mayfair

A couple of neighboring areas definitely worth visiting during your five days in London are the luxurious Mayfair and Knightsbridge. This area is home to the world-famous department store Harrods , which is a great spot to pick up a little memento of your London trip.

Next, head to The Dorchester for a premium afternoon tea experience. There is a very large selection of teas to choose from, or you can opt for the champagne offering.

For a more moderately priced afternoon tea that still provides a lovely atmosphere and experience, I would recommend Fortnum and Mason in Piccadilly. 

👉 Need a hotel? Mayfair and Knightsbridge are filled with luxury hotels, notably including The Berkeley , The Dorchester , and Claridge’s .

Variety of dessert on a artistic tower from ROKA

To close out your itinerary, head to dinner and a show in London’s West End. This area is quite touristy, so I would recommend having dinner in a nearby area and then walking over to the theater district from there.

Fitzrovia and Marylebone are both lovely areas neighboring the West End that have amazing food and won’t be as saturated with tourists. 

For dinner, if you choose to go to Marylebone, my favorite restaurant in the area is Delamina , a contemporary Eastern Mediterranean spot. Other highly rated restaurant options in Marylebone include Orrery (French), Hoppers (Sri Lankan), and Zoilo (Argentinian). If you opt for Fitzrovia, my top picks are Norma (Sicilian), Honey & Smoke (Middle Eastern), and ROKA (Japanese).

After your dinner, it’s time to head to London’s West End for a Broadway show. I would recommend getting tickets in advance to guarantee a show that you want to see. I would recommend Book of Mormon if you are looking to have a laugh, Hamilton for something dramatic, or Wicked if you like fantasy. 

London is home to so many great Broadway shows, there will definitely be something that appeals to you.  

Where to Stay in London

Best hotels.

View of the festive holiday decorations at the entrance of Henrietta Hotel

Where to stay in London is probably a big question on your mind, and London has a great range of hotel offerings for all budgets. This shortlist includes my top picks across several categories, taking into consideration location, budget, and unique offerings. 

  • 🌟 Budget – The Z Hotel Holborn
  • 🛏️ Mid-Range – The Clermont London, Victoria
  • 💎 Luxury – The Savoy
  • 👪 For Families – The Ampersand Hotel  
  • 🏨 Boutique – The Henrietta Hotel
  • 🌇 Best City View – The Standard
  • 👉 Search London Apartment Rentals Here

Best Neighborhoods & Areas

Exterior of a house in Chelsea

Each neighborhood in London has its own character and offers a different vibe, and picking just a few to visit is nearly impossible. Central London is completely different from West London, and one of the true beauties of this city is getting to experience what feels like so many different places.

Here are some top choices of nice safe areas to stay in London.

  • South Kensington & Chelsea ( Search apartments in South Kensington & Chelsea ) – Elegant, classy, and sophisticated is how I would define the London borough of South Kensington and Chelsea. You’ll find many residential streets filled with Victorian architecture and be in close vicinity to great attractions such as the Natural History Museum.
  • Bermondsey ( Search apartments in Bermondsey ) – Bermondsey is filled with some of London’s best restaurants and provides a lively atmosphere in central London without feeling stuck in a tourist trap. The area also neighbors Southwark, London Bridge, and Borough. 
  • Islington ( Search apartments in Islington ) – Islington is quite residential, which provides a safe and homely feel, but don’t be fooled into thinking it lacks pizzaz. Buzzing Upper Street is filled with great shops, restaurants, and awesome London bars , making Islington the best of both worlds when it comes to peace and quiet and things to do.

London Itinerary Map

Here is a Google Map with all the stop, attractions, and hotels mentioned in this post.

How to Get Around London 

Black cabs parked at the Sloane Square

A rental car is not necessary in London, thanks to the incredibly well-connected transit system. Between the London Underground , London Overground , double-decker buses , and trains , you can get pretty much anywhere you need to go within London and around several other parts of the UK, including Scotland and Wales .

For a more picturesque way of exploring London, I would highly recommend taking on the city by foot or bike. When biking, make sure to wear a helmet to ensure safety, especially in high-traffic areas. There are lime and Santander bike options that can easily be rented out all over London.

For weekend breaks from London to other parts of the UK that are less accessible by train, renting a car comes in handy.

London Itinerary Planning Tips 

Tip #1 – plan activities based by area and day of the week.

The Shard skyscraper from afar between two buildings

London is a very big city, and it often takes 45 minutes to an hour to get between most boroughs and neighborhoods. 

Your itinerary will work best if you plan your schedule around activities and restaurants that are in the same area. Plan this by the day of the week to ensure the events and activities are running on the day you visit a particular area. 

Tip #2 – Book Restaurants and Attractions in Advance

View inside the Berenjak restaurant in Borough

There are a number of fantastic restaurants and attractions in London, and I recommend making advance bookings. Some of the highest-rated restaurants and attractions get booked several months in advance, so give yourself time to prepare. 

Tip #3 – Use The Public Transit System

A red double-decker bus driving along the road with tall buildings around London

London is known for having one of the most well-connected and efficient transit systems in the entire world. If you’re not in the mood or don’t have the time to walk, or want to see parts of the city that are spread apart, you will have no problem getting from point A to point B through one or many of London’s various transit options.

There is the tube, London’s huge Underground system, buses, trains, and the Overground, helping you get where you need to go.

Tip #4 – Pack A Variety of Clothing Options

The author, Brooke Horrobin dressed for a dinner in Chiltern Firehouse in Marylebone

It is definitely possible to pack light, especially if you’re only spending a few days in London. I would recommend versatility when packing for London , with a mix of casual, dressy, warm, and light clothing. You’ll want to have options for different activities because the weather in the UK can be unpredictable at times.

Tip #5 – Walk As Much Of The City As You Can

Clear blue sky over the stunning architectures in London

Locals will agree that the best way to see London is by walking around and exploring on foot. It’s also the most economical option for exploring London on a budget .

London is such a beautiful and historic city, I guarantee you will be so busy taking in the sights that you won’t get bored. Many of the sights are located near each other as well within walking distance like the Tower of London, Tower Bridge, The South Bank, Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, St Paul’s Cathedral, and the Houses of Parliament.

Tip #6 – Be Prepared For The Weather

View of the famous London Bridge in United Kingdom

If I could give you any piece of advice before your trip to London, I would say to visit London at the right time of year and make sure you are prepared for the weather. London is known for having unpredictable weather at times, especially with the rain, so come equipped with an umbrella to ensure you stay dry while you’re walking around. 

A rain jacket or small wellies that fit in a carry-on are also both great options that will help you be prepared for any weather that’s thrown at you. 

London Itinerary FAQs

How many days in london is enough.

For a trip to London, I would recommend 5-7 days minimum in order to properly experience the city and have time to explore multiple neighborhoods. London is quite expensive, so more than a week could become pretty pricey, especially if you’re visiting with the family.

Is one week in London too long?

One week is not too long for exploring London. London is a city with so much to explore, and you are guaranteed not to run out of things to do.

Can you do London in 2 days?

Two days in London is enough time to give you a little taste. If you’re staying in a central area, this is enough time to tick off some of the main attractions, but not enough to dive deep into the amazing culture of the city.

What is the best month to visit London?

The best months to visit London are May, June, September, and October, although you can cater your London itinerary accordingly depending on which time of year you choose.

There you have it, a London itinerary in 5 days! There’s a little something for everyone in here, and in addition to popular attractions, you’ll find off-the-beaten-path gems in this guide.

If you have more than 5 days in London the next time you visit, check out these London date ideas .

How useful was this post?

Click on a star to rate (you can leave feedback after clicking submit)

Help us help you travel better!

Your feedback really helps ...

What did you like about this post? Or how can we improve it to help you travel better?

trip to london planner

Brooke Horrobin is a London, UK-based freelance travel writer who originates from Ontario, Canada. She has a passion for travel, so much so that she decided to move her life to the UK in 2020 to take on new adventures. Brooke loves giving recommendations, and her time in London has inspired her to share her favorite activities and places with others.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Subscribe for a Free Itinerary

Get our printable London itinerary instantly

Unsubscribe anytime. We respect  privacy .

travelpassionate.com

7 day London itinerary for first time visitors

trip to london planner

Steeped in history and culture, crammed with iconic landmarks, and bustling with activity, there’s something for everyone in this world-famous capital. Founded by the Romans in the first century, London is now the most visited city in the world.

The skyline is a blend of the modern and the ancient, with hidden gems in every corner; stumbling across a stunning piece of architecture or a hidden cafe is just the norm, making it an exciting place for any visitor. This 7-day London itinerary will help you see as much as possible combining popular and unique things to do in London. 

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links. This means that should you click on certain links, and then subsequently purchase a product, I will receive a small commission.

Table of Contents

Tips for your 7-day London itinerary

Depending on how you plan to travel to and from the airport and around London during your trip, it may be worth buying an Oyster or travel card. It is therefore advisable to decide what type of ticket will be best before you arrive, as it may be possible to also use this ticket to get from the airport. Some tickets also need to be purchased in advance, such as Visitor Oyster cards.

Oyster and travel cards

If you plan to travel around London using public transport it’s best to get an Oyster card, as tickets are usually cheaper when you pay with these. If you want to pay for tickets as you go and you live outside the UK, you can get a Visitor Oyster card, which you preload with credit. The card itself costs £5 and needs to be bought before you arrive. The Visitor Oyster card also gives you access to discounts and special offers around London.

If you know you will be using public transport a lot then you might want to buy a travel card. Have a look at Transport for London’s (TFL) handy guide if you’re unsure whether a Visitor Oyster card or a travel card would be best for you.

London Pass

It is also possible to combine a travel card with the London Pass. The London Pass gives you entry to many of London’s top tourist destinations, which can be excellent value if you intend on visiting a lot of attractions. The pass can be bought with or without a travel card.

A 6-day London Pass, excluding a travel card, costs around £154. If, for example, you chose to do every activity in this guide, you would save around £90 using the London Pass. Tickets can be collected in Charing Cross, London, or downloaded to your mobile phone for free. You can also have them delivered to your home for a fee.

Click here to buy your London Pass.

Click here to read my London Pass review.

How to spend 7 days in London, a first timers itinerary

While this itinerary can be followed as it is, you might want to swap some days around as certain events only happen on specified days, or you might want to take advantage of some good weather by doing outdoor activities, and saving the museums for those inevitable rainy days.

7 days in London: Day One

After arriving and settling into your hotel, there is no better way of getting that London feeling than heading towards the West End.

The British Museum

The British Museum is widely considered to be one of the best museums in the UK, with around six million visitors every year. Displaying over two million years of human history through a large collection of arts and antiquities, there’s bound to be something to pique your interest. The Egyptian mummies and Rosetta Stone are must-sees, along with the Greek and Assyria exhibitions.

British Museum - Things to do in London in 7 days

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 5.30 pm

Admission: free

The West End

After taking in the culture at the British Museum you can soak up the atmosphere of the West End, including world-famous shopping destination Oxford Street, Covent Gardens with its historic markets and quirky street performers, Leicester Square famous for its cinemas, as well as lively Soho and China Town.

Check here some amazing things to do in Covent Garden. 

trip to london planner

While you’re in the area, it’s a great opportunity to catch a West End show. There are over 40 theatres in “Theatreland”, mostly from the Victorian and Georgian periods, and architecturally very impressive. As there are so many theatres, there is always a great range of shows to choose from, including several classic, long-running shows.

These include Phantom of the Opera, which has been running at Her Majesty’s Theatre since 1986, the world’s longest-running musical, Les Misérables, which has been playing at Queen’s Theatre since 1985, or even The Mousetrap, which has been staged at St. Martin’s theatre since 1974 and is the longest continuous run of any show in the world.

If you just want to see a quintessential West End theatre then visit the London Palladium, arguably one of the most famous, or the London Coliseum, one of the largest theatres in London.

7 days in London: Day Two

Buckingham palace and trafalgar square.

Buckingham Palace - 7 days in London

Buckingham Palace is the Queen of England’s official residence and a working palace. When the queen is not in residence (during the summer and some selected days in winter and spring) it is possible to go inside and visit the impressive State Rooms, which are lavishly furnished and used for entertainment on a grand scale.

The visit also includes a walk through the gardens. However, even when the queen is home, the palace is still a great place to visit, not least for the famous Changing of the Guard. The ceremony never fails to bring in a crowd and is totally free to watch, although it’s recommended to get there around 45 minutes before the start to guarantee a good viewpoint.

St. Paul's Cathedral - London in 7 days itinerary

You can also always visit the Royal Mews, which is a working stables housing all the horses, carriages, and vehicles used for royal occasions. The Queen’s Gallery is also open year-round and displays an impressive array of artwork from the Royal Collection.

Opening hours:

The State Rooms 9:30 am to 7:00 pm (closes at 6:00 pm in September)

The Royal Mews 10.00 am to 4.00 pm (closes 5.00 pm March to November)

The Queen’s Gallery 10.00 am to 5.30 pm (opens 9.30 am in the summer)

Changing of the Guard times: every day during the summer (weather permitting). Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, and Sundays for the rest of the year. Starts at 10:45 am with the actual of change of guard occurring at 11.00 am

The State Rooms £24,

The Royal Mews £11, included in the London Pass

The Queen’s Gallery £12, included in London Pass

All three £42.30

Trafalgar square - 7 days in london itinerary

After visiting the palace, you can walk down The Mall, the famous tree-lined street that leads up to the palace gates. Walking through the historic Admiralty Arch takes you straight towards another important London landmark, Trafalgar Square.

Here you will find the 52-metre-high Nelson’s Column, guarded by four lions. Along with the other statues in Trafalgar Square, be sure to check out the “Fourth Plinth” which has traditionally stood empty, but is now used for specially commissioned temporary artworks.

Churchill’s War Rooms

From Trafalgar Square, take a stroll through St James’ Park, or a very short tube ride, to Churchill’s War Rooms. Here you will find the underground complex from which prime minister Winston Churchill ran the government during the Second World War. There is also a museum about Churchill, giving you everything you need to know about this important figure in British history.

Admission: £21, included in London Pass

Opening hours: 9.30 am to 6.00 pm

Westminster Palace and Abbey

Just a short walk from the Churchill War Rooms is Parliament Square, home to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Westminster Palace (also known as the Houses of Parliament) including the instantly-recognizable Elizabeth Tower which houses Big Ben, and Westminster Abbey.

The Big Ben, the House of Parliament - 7 days in London itinerary

Parliament has been meeting at the site of Westminster Palace since the 13th century, however, the current building has been in place since around 1840. Only from seeing it in real life is it possible to really gain a sense of the scale and ornate detail of this truly impressive building.

If you want to go inside you need to book a guided tour, which lasts about 90 minutes. During the tour, you will learn about how the parliament works, visit the Commons and Lords Chambers, and see the nearly 1,000-year-old Westminster Hall. It is also possible to have afternoon tea in one of the riverside rooms, although you do need to book in advance.

Next to the Houses of Parliament is Westminster Abbey. Founded in AD 960, the current Gothic building was constructed in 1245. The abbey has been the coronation church since 1066 and is the final resting place of 17 monarchs. Guided tours are available and recommended if you want to learn all about the abbey’s rich history.

The tour lasts around 90 minutes, during which you will see Poets Corner, the Lady Chapel, the nave, the royal tombs, and the gardens which are said to have been cultivated for over 900 years.

The guided tour also includes a visit to Edward the Confessor’s tomb, one of the last Anglo-Saxon kings of England, which is not accessible to visitors who wish to look around on their own.

Westminster Abbey - seven days in Lonodn

Houses of Parliament

Admission: £28 (cheaper if booked in advance)

Afternoon tea: £29

Westminster Abbey

Admission: £22, included in London Pass, tour costs an additional £5

Opening hours: depends on the day. Visit website for details.

Click here to book your Westminster Abbey fast track tickets. 

Cruise in the River Thames

trip to london planner

With the River Thames winding its way through the center of the capital, there is no better way of seeing the city than by getting on a boat that traverses the waterway. With views of Big Ben, the Tower of London, the London Eye, and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, you’ll be in for a real treat!

Seeing London’s sights at night while enjoying hours of entertainment is an amazing way to spend an evening while in London. The music events by City Cruises allow you to dance the night away, listening to sounds of the 80s, 90s, 00s, and today. Hosted by top DJs, the events each have a fun theme, with everything from Hip Hop Karaoke and Silent Disco to a stylish Champagne Sunday Brunch, so you can choose your style, get your friends together, and enjoy an event to remember!

Alternatively, you can stick to a more traditional dinner cruise along the Thames or simply opt for a sightseeing tour during the day.

7 days in London: Day Three

On day three you can get out of the city centre and head to the London Borough of Richmond upon Thames, where two of London’s best attractions can be found. There is a lot to see at both of these places, so if you want to have a thorough look around, and have the time, you can dedicate a whole day to each.

Hampton Court Palace

Hampton Court Palace

It’s easy to reach Hampton Court train station from Waterloo. The building of the palace began in 1515, but it has been extended multiple times over the centuries. Even if you’re not usually a fan of royal history, stories of the events at Hampton Court Palace will never bore you.

Steeped in scandalous Tudor history, and offering an immersive experience, Hampton Court won’t disappoint. Some of the highlights are the 300-year-old hedge puzzle maze and Henry VIII’s kitchen, where you can learn about the extraordinary Tudor feasts.

There are many different guided tours available, and with all the tales of ghosts, beheadings, adultery and royal births and deaths, you won’t want to miss out. There are also daily and seasonal presentations that you can listen to for free.

Admission: £20.90, included in London Pass

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 6.00 pm

Click here to book your Hampton Court Palace tickets.

Kew Gardens

Kew Gardens

The Royal Botanical Gardens at Kew has one of the largest and most diverse collections of plants in the world, some of which are rare or threatened. One of the most recognizable features of Kew Gardens is The Palm House. Built in 1844, it was the biggest glasshouse built at that time and was used to house plants that Victorian explorers brought back with them.

Following the success of the Palm House, the Temperate House was built in 1860 and is the largest Victorian glasshouse in the world. The Temperate House is home to an internationally important collection of temperate zone plants.

In the Princess of Wales Conservatory you can find plants from 10 different climate zones, including the titan arum which is often known as “the corpse flower” due to its stench of rotting flesh used to attract insects.

As well as strolling through the greenhouses, you can also experience what it is like to walk through a forest canopy, with the treetop walkway. Set 18 meters above the woodland floor, this 200-metre-long walkway transports you through the canopy with its birds, insects, lichens, and fungi.

Admission: £17, included in London Pass

Opening hours: opens at 10.00 am, closing times vary depending on season. Check website for details.

Click here to book your Kew Garden Tickets.

Food Tour of London’s Historic Pubs

In the evening you can join a food tour that explores the historic pubs of London. On our tour, we visited 4 historic pubs while we tasted some traditional pub food and ales. We got to listen to some fascinating stories behind these traditional taverns and inns and uncover how the city has influenced its culinary scene throughout the ages.

We tasted the iconic British ale, the most famous beer in the country, a traditional cider, more beer, and of course some classic pub food like pork pie, fish and chips, and scotch egg.

Click here for more information and to book your Tastes, Tales & Traditional Ales: Food Tour of London’s Historic Pubs.

If you only have 3 days in London you might want to check this itinerary for 3 days in London. 

7 days in London: Day Four

There are many great places not far from London that can easily be explored within a day, so why not get out of the city and try one of these day trips?

Harry Potter: Warner Bros. Studio Tour with Transfer

If you’re a Harry Potter fan then a visit to the Warner Brothers Studios is an absolute must during your time in London!

Located on the outskirts of Watford, the studios feature a selection of permanent exhibitions as well as extra-special exhibits that change on a regular basis so there’s always something new and exciting to see.

Witness the fantastical props from the films, step into the Gryffindor Common Room, and walk through Diagon Alley while tasting a sip of sweet butterbeer along the way.

You can even buy some chocolate frogs or a copy of your character’s favorite wand from the epic gift shop at the end.

We did the Warner Bros. Studio Tour of London – The Making of Harry Potter & London Walking Tour with Walks Tour and we had a fantastic time.

To ensure you have a hassle-free trip, book this Studio tour which includes entrance fees and return transfers from central London along with a walking tour of London experiencing many of the main sites and filming locations.

Click here for more information and to book the Harry Potter Warner Bros studio tour. 

Stonehenge is a prehistoric monument consisting of a ring of standing stones, each standing around four meters high and two meters wide, with no one really sure how, or why it was built. Nonetheless, it’s a very impressive sight, incredibly intriguing, and one of the UK’s most famous landmarks. The site and its surroundings is a UNESCO World Heritage site.

The stone circle itself is a masterpiece of engineering for its time and it is incredible to think how much work would have been involved to build it, and therefore how important it must have been.

Walking around the stone circle (albeit from a short distance) is the highlight of a visit to Stonehenge and will leave you wanting to know more about its construction and possible purpose, however, there is also much more to see and do.

trip to london planner

The visitor center offers a lot of context and insight into the stones and their history. Outside the visitors center some Neolithic houses have been constructed, enabling you to see how the people of Salisbury would have lived 4,500 years ago when Stonehenge was built. Volunteers are on hand to answer questions and demonstrate activities that would have been daily parts of life at that time.

At te Stonehenge exhibition you can see many of the artifacts that have been found during archaeological digs in the area, ranging from jewelry, pottery, and tools to human remains. You can also find out about the diet and lifestyle of the people who built Stonehenge, as well as the science behind how these have been discovered.

There is a visitor shuttle between the visitor center and the stone circle, however, you can also walk if you want to get a feel for the landscape and enjoy Salisbury Plain.

Stonehenge is located in Salisbury, which is around one and a half hours away from central London by train. Take the train from London Waterloo to Salisbury and then jump onboard the dedicated tour bus to Stonehenge . You can also take a day-trip bus from London, which takes around two and a half hours.

Tickets are required to see Stonehenge, for which you will be given a set arrival time, it is therefore advised to book in advance.

Admission: £17.50 when booking in advance

Opening hours: 9.30 am to 7.00 pm

Book a day trip from London to Stonehedge with a visit to Bath here.

Situated in picturesque southwest England, the ancient city of Bath has it all, famed for its history, culture, literature, art, and UNESCO World Heritage status. The city was founded in the first century by the Romans, who used the natural hot springs as a spa and built the baths around them.

The baths have remained at the heart of the city’s development ever since, and are considered to be some of the best preserved Roman remains in the world. However, it’s not just its Roman past that makes Bath historically important. The 18th century was when the town really developed, with elegant Georgian architecture characterizing the city and making it one of the most beautiful in Europe.

Pulteney Bridge, Bath

A visit to the Roman Baths is obviously a must. With so much to see, it is recommended you spare at least two hours for your visit. From the Great Bath itself, to the changing rooms, saunas, plunge pools, and the Sacred Spring. Admission to the baths includes an audioguide, a public guided tour, and the opportunity to try the natural spa water from the spa water fountain.

The Great Bath at Roman Baths

Bath is the only place in Britain where you can bathe in natural hot springs and while it’s not possible to bathe in the old Roman Baths, you can head over to Thermae Bath Spa for a more modern alternative, including a roof-top pool with panoramic views of the city.

To experience Bath in its full glory, you should climb the Bath Abbey Tower , which offers breathtaking views of the city. On the way up the tower, you visit the ringing chamber and bell chamber, and can even go behind the clock face. Once up the top, you will get unrivaled views of Bath. You will need to buy ticket to go up the tower, with the whole tour lasting around 45 minutes.

Bath Abbey

Another excellent way to enjoy Bath is the Skyline Walk . The six-mile-long footpath takes you through woodlands and valleys and up to some stunning viewpoints over the city. You will also find several sites of archaeological interest along the way, such as the Iron Age fort and Roman settlements. If you’re more interested in learning about the history and architecture of Bath, there are many guided walks you can take through the city, depending on your interests.

Bath is easy to reach from London, with a direct train from London Paddington to Bath Spa, which takes around one hour and 40 minutes.

Click here to book a a day trip from London to Stonehedge and Bath.

You might be interested in: Things to do in Bath

7 days in London: Day Five

Kensington palace.

Kensington palace and gardens

Kensington Palace has historically been a fashionable home for young royals, with Queen Victoria spending most of her childhood at Kensington. This tradition has continued in modern times, as Prince Charles and Princess Diana brought up their young family, William and Harry, at the palace, and it is now home to the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge (William and Kate) and their children.

The Queen’s State Apartments and the King’s State Apartments are mostly unchanged since their construction in 1690, and the opulent decor is worth the visit. At the palace, you will also find a collection of royal ceremonial dresses and an exhibition of Princess Diana’s most famous outfits. Kensington Palace is also a fantastic place to enjoy afternoon tea, surrounded by the stunning formal gardens and giving you that real royal feeling.

Admission: £19.50, included in London Pass

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 6.00 pm (closes at 4.00 pm November to January)

Click here to book your tickets to Kensington Palace.

Kensington Gardens and Hyde Park

The Italian Gardens at Hyde Park

Kensington Gardens was once the grounds of the palace but is now a Royal Park. The park itself is lovely to walk through and has several points of interest for you to stumble across on your way around. The Albert Memorial (one of many memorials Queen Victoria dedicated to her husband who died in 1861), is one of London’s most ornate memorials. If you want to get up close you can take a tour for £8 (they run daily and there is no need to book).

The Serpentine Galleries were built in 1934 as a tea room, but has been a gallery since 1970 and is free to go inside, with new exhibitions every season. The Italian Garden is a 150-year-old water garden featuring four fountains and a number of classical sculptures.

There is also a Princess Diana memorial playground, featuring a large pirate ship. As the “Peoples’ Princess” there are several memorials to Princess Diana in the area, including the Diana Memorial Fountain in neighbouring Hyde Park. For real fans of Diana, there is a seven-mile memorial walk, following 90 plaques set in the ground that take you within sight of famous building where Diana spent her time.

National History, V&A and Science museums

Kensington is awash with world-renowned museums, so once you’ve got your royal palace fix for the day, you can walk through the parks and head over to one, or all, of these tourist favourites.

National History Museum

Natural History museum

Famous for its dinosaur exhibition, including several dinosaur skeletons, the National History Museum tells you everything you need to know about the planet’s and humans’ evolution and all about the diverse life on Earth.

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 5.50 pm

V&A Museum

Victoria and Albert Museum London

The Victoria and Albert Museum, most often known simply as the V&A, is the world’s largest museum of decorative arts and design. It holds everything you can think of from ceramics, textiles, and glass to the world’s largest collection of post-classical sculptures, spanning all times and geographies.

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 5.45 pm

Science Museum

The Science Museum is one of London’s most popular tourist attractions and includes items such as the oldest surviving steam locomotive and the first jet engine. With many interactive exhibits, you’ll know everything there is to know about medical history, space, technology, and much more, in no time.

7 days in London: Day Six

The tower of london.

Tower of London - 7 days in London

Founded towards the end of 1066, the Tower of London is primarily known for its history as a prison, although that was never intended to be its main purpose. The area is a UNESCO World Heritage site and makes a slightly strange sight, this series of ancient buildings nestled in a thoroughly modern area of London.

The Tower has played a very prominent role in English history, acting as a fortress and protecting the City of London. The Yeoman wardens, commonly known as “Beefeaters” are one of the most famous symbols of London and Great Britain. You can hear their stories on a one-hour guided tour. Be sure to be mindful of the ravens on your way around, as it is said that if the ravens all leave the Tower then it will fall and Britain with it.

trip to london planner

You can also see the Crown Jewels in the Jewel House. These are still used today in royal ceremonies and are kept under armed guard. In The White Tower, you will find the Royal Armouries and in the Bloody Tower, you will see the famous prison.

trip to london planner

The Lower Wakefield Tower offers an exhibition on the methods used for torture in the tower, along with some replica instruments. An execution site memorial can be seen at Tower Green, within the grounds, although it was usually only high-profile people who were executed at the Tower of London. You can see where executions were more commonly held at nearby Tower Hill, where an original part of the 3rd-century city wall also still stands.

trip to london planner

Admission: £26.80, included in London Pass Opening hours: 10.00 am to 5.30 pm

I recommend the early access Tower of London tour with Walks Tours which gives you access before the crowds arrive and you also get to experience one of the oldest military ceremonies in the world, the Opening Ceremony, and all that before the Tower officially opens to the public. Click here for more information and to book this tour.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s Cathedral sits at the highest part of the City of London and was designed in the 17th century in the English Baroque style by one of the most highly acclaimed architects in English history, Sr Christopher Wren. The cathedral was part of major rebuilding work that happened after The Great Fire of London in 1666, with the site of the original church dating back to AD 604.

Once inside, make sure you try out the Whispering Gallery which, due to its architecture, means you can whisper on one side of the large dome and be heard on the other. The other two galleries, the Stone and Golden galleries, offer fantastic views over London. There is also an exhibition on Sir Christopher Wren and the challenges he faced with his unique design.

St. Paul's Cathedral - London in 7 days

Admission: £18 includes a guided tour, included in London Pass

Opening hours: 8:30 am to 4:30 pm

Click here to book your fast track tickets to St. Pauls Cathedral.

Tower Bridge

London Bridge - top things to do in London

Tower Bridge is yet another classic London landmark, built between 1886 and 1894. It’s fun to just walk over this bridge and take in the views, however, you can also have a look at the Tower Bridge exhibition, making your way across a glass walkway 44 meters above the Thames, as well as access to the bridge’s old engine rooms, complete with original steam engines, used to raise the bridge.

Admission: £9.80, included in London Pass

Click here to book your tickets to the Tower Bridge. 

This 95-story sky scraper stands 309.7 metres high, and at the top there are two viewing platforms; one indoors on the 69th floor, and a second partially outdoors on the 72nd floor. If you just want to enjoy the view you can buy a ticket to go up to the viewing platform, however The Shard is also the perfect place to luxuriate with an afternoon tea and spectacular view, and you have a choice. Aqua, on the 31st floor serves innovative, contemporary British cuisine, including a traditional afternoon tea.

Or if you prefer a little more altitude and a little less tradition, you can opt for Shangri-La’s restaurant Ting on the 35th floor, serving British cuisine with an Asian twist and an afternoon tea with theatrical elegance. Both restaurants have also been known to do quirky, themed afternoon teas for special occasions.

my experience at the Shard London

Admission for The View from the Shard: £30, included in London Pass

Opening hours: 10 am to 10 pm Thursday to Saturday, 10 am to 7 pm Sunday to Wednesday

Click here to book your tickets to The Shard. 

Check my Shard experience here.

The Southbank, Tate Modern, and the London Eye

The London Eye dominates the skyline

Walk off your sandwiches and scones with a stroll down the South Bank, which is the best way to soak up some famous London sights. Along the walk you’ll come across the buzzing Borough Market, Shakespeare’s Globe theatre (a reconstruction near to the site of the original which was demolished in 1644), and the Tate Modern (one of the largest galleries of modern and contemporary art in the world, housed in an old power station).

Finally, you’ll reach the London Eye, so if you haven’t had enough of city aerial views, then jump in one of the pods and marvel at the glory of Westminster from above.

Click here to book your tickets to the London Eye. 

Check my London Eye experience here.

Experience the London Eye

Tate Modern

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 6.00 pm (closes at 10 pm on Friday and Saturday)

The London Eye

Admission: £27

Opening hours: dependent on the season, check online for details

7 days in London: Day Seven

The final day can be a day of catching up on anything you might have missed in this vast city, however, a trip to Greenwich allows you to cram in more history, culture, and great views before you leave. You can even take a Thames Clipper boat trip to Greenwich, giving you a scenic tour of London down the world-famous river.

It takes around 35 minutes from the London Eye Pier and you can pay using your Oyster card. You can buy a Greenwich day explorer ticket which covers all the below attractions, except the planetarium, for £24.25.

Greenwich Royal Observatory and the Planetarium

The Royal Observatory at Greenwich has played a major role in the history of astronomy and navigation. It is here you can stand in the center of the world, where east meets west, at the Greenwich Meridian.

You can also visit the Peter Harrison Planetarium, which offers a range of shows for children and adults, such as experiencing the night sky with expert commentary from an astronomer, or shows that delve into the depths of space.

Royal Observatory

Admission: £15, included in London Pass

Planetarium

Admission: ticket price depends on the show. Information can be found online .

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 5.00 pm

Cutty Sark - 7 days in London things to do

One of the one remaining ships of her kind in the world, the Cutty Sark is a clipper ship constructed in 1869 and built for speed to challenge the other ships on the tea trade. As well as going on board and learning about the history of the ship and life at sea, you can enjoy an afternoon tea in a very unique setting underneath the ship.

The Cutty Sark afternoon tea offers a very traditional spread of finger sandwiches, cakes, and scones with jam and clotted cream. It is, however, necessary to pre-book at least 72 hours in advance.

Admission: £13.50, included in London Pass. Afternoon tea £27 per person, including admission to the ship.

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 5.00 pm daily

Old Royal Naval College

Old Royal Naval College - 7 days in London

While in Greenwich make sure to stop by the Old Royal Naval College, another of architect Sir Christopher Wren’s masterpieces. This impressive waterside building and its surroundings are a UNESCO World Heritage site, symbolizing English artistic and scientific endeavors in the 17th and 18th centuries.

It’s free to wander around the historic grounds, but you can also take a tour to explore the magnificent painted ceiling. The Neoclassical chapel, featuring notable craftsmanship in the chapel design and decor, is also worth a look.

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 5.00 pm, historic grounds 8.00 am to 11.00 pm

Greenwich Market

Dating back to 1737, Greenwich market is known for its distinctive arts and crafts. Here, in the quaint cobbled streets, you will find all manner of items that cannot be bought in high street shops, making it the perfect place to buy some souvenirs. There is also a wide range of food stalls to choose from if you want to grab some lunch.

Opening hours: 10.00 am to 5.30 pm, daily

National Maritime Museum

The National Maritime Museum is as beautiful on the outside as it is interesting on the inside, documenting Britain’s strong naval history. The museum is home to a large collection of maritime-related artwork, including many portraits You can also learn about the history of the British navy, including an exhibition on Lord Nelson, often considered one of Britain’s most heroic figures, and his legacy which still has influences today. You can also find out all about the tumultuous history of the East India Company, which shaped trade between Britain and Asia for 250 years.

Greenwich Park

Greenwich Park - London in 7 days itinerary

When you’re tired from exploring all Greenwich has to offer, take some time to relax in Greenwich Park, which has some truly stunning views across London. The park has a long history, with remains from the Anglo-Saxons and Romans having been found.

There are also several beautiful gardens within the park, such as the Queen’s Orchard, a walled garden with several varieties of fruit trees dating back to the 1500s, the Flower Garden, first laid out in the 1890s, and the longest herbaceous border in London, which dates back to 1925. The Pavilion Cafe at the top of the hill near the Royal Observatory is the perfect place to relax with a cup of tea.

Where to stay in London

There are many accommodation options to choose from, from traditional B&B to quirky London hotels and posh apartments. Find here a selection of places I have stayed over the years.

Park Plaza County Hall London

The Park Plaza County Hall is located in a prime position on London’s South Bank, with wonderful views of the London Eye and the River Thames. Guests not only have great on-site facilities such as a fitness centre and restaurant but they are within walking distance of a number of top attractions and transport links. Rooms are spacious and comfortable throughout and staff are especially friendly!

Click here for the latest prices and to book this hotel.

The Ampersand Hotel

trip to london planner

This superb hotel in the Kensington and Chelsea borough of London is chic and cosmopolitan and is ideal for those visiting the museums around South Kensington. Both the rooms and the facilities of the hotel are sophisticated and stylish, with quirky décor and a fantastic restaurant adding to the experience.

Click here for more information and to book your stay. 

Novatel London Canary Wharf

Novotel London Canary Wharf review

The Novatel at Canary Wharf offers everything you expect of a smart chain hotel: contemporary design, comfortable rooms, and a 24-hour front desk for added convenience. This property also boasts a stunning rooftop bar with 360-degree views of the city which makes it well worth a visit!

Andaz London Liverpool Street

This five-star property is stunning both inside and out with sleek interiors and state-of-the-art facilities. Andaz is well situated in the hipster area of Shoreditch with loads of cool bars, restaurants and shops nearby. Plus, Liverpool Street Station is right next door so you have easy access to both underground tubes and National Rail links.

The Z Hotel

The Z is a simple but modern hotel that offers everything you need for a busy stay in London. The rooms are quite compact but perfectly comfortable and an optional hearty breakfast with unlimited coffee is a great way to start the day! Old Street station is close by so you can hop on and off the tube to reach the city’s top spots.

The Chilworth London Paddington

The Chilworth Hotel near London Paddington is perfectly located for exploring the capital with Buckingham Palace, Hyde Park and Oxford Street all within 20 minutes. The décor is modern throughout and some rooms feature both a double bed and sofa bed which is great for families or groups of friends looking to save while travelling.

Getting to Central London from the airport

Heathrow airport.

Heathrow is the most centrally located of all the airports and is also the largest. Pay close attention to which terminal your flights arrive and leave from, as travel between the terminals takes time and requires the use of a shuttle.

Heathrow Express train

The Heathrow Express train is the fastest way to get into central London. The train goes directly from terminals 2 & 3 and 5. If travelling to or from terminal 4 you will need to take the free transfer train. These run every 15 minutes and the journey takes about 4 minutes.

The Heathrow Express trains are every 15 minutes, running from the airport to London Paddington. The journey to Paddington takes around 15 minutes. If you are planning to use the Heathrow Express both to and from the airport it is cheapest to get a return ticket, costing £39 when bought before boarding the train.

Tickets can be purchased at the train station, at ticket machines, online or via the app. It is possible to buy tickets onboard the train but these are more expensive. Note that it is not possible to use an Oyster or travel card on the Heathrow Express.

National Rail trains

It is also possible to take the regular National Rail train service to Paddington. While this journey takes longer than the Heathrow Express (around 30-50minutes), tickets are cheaper and you can use an Oyster or travel card. Trains leave every 30 minutes and stop at stations across west London.

Underground train

The Piccadilly line runs directly from central London and is the most cost efficient way to get into the city centre. There are stations at terminals 2 & 3, 4 and 5 and you can use your Oyster or travel card for the journey. The journey takes around 50 minutes.

Gatwick airport

Gatwick Express and National Rail trains

The best way to get into central London from Gatwick airport is by train, with services running four times an hour. You can either take the Gatwick Express or use the National Rail service. The Gatwick Express goes to Victoria and takes around 30 minutes at a cost of £19 one way. However the National Rail service is cheaper and only marginally slower (taking around 35 minutes to Victoria and Clapham Junction). You can also take the National Rail train to London Bridge, Blackfriars, Farringdon and St Pancras, in around 30/45 minutes. Travel cards are not valid on trains to Gatwick airport. You can use Pay As You Go Oyster credit, although it may be cheaper to buy a regular rail ticket instead.

Travelling by coach can be a cheaper alternative to the train, particularly if booked well in advance. National Express run a service from Gatwick to Victoria coach station, which takes between one and a half to two hours depending on the time of day and costs from £10. While easyBus runs a service to West London from as little as £2 one way. The journey takes around an hour.

Luton airport

The easiest way to travel into the city centre from Luton airport is by coach. National Express coaches run 24/7, with up to four departures every hour during the day. There are two different routes: A1 runs to Victoria coach station, while A2 goes to Paddington. Both routes have several stops along the way and tickets cost from £5. The coach journey to central London takes around 50 minutes.

It is also possible to take the train from Luton, however there is a 10 minute shuttle bus service to get to the train station. The train journey itself takes around 40 minutes. Trains run every 10 minutes during peak times, with services to various central stations including St Pancras. It is not possible to use Oyster or travel cards on these services.

Stansted airport

Stansted Express and National Rail trains

The Stansted Express is the fastest way to get into central London from Stansted. The service runs to Liverpool Street and takes about 47 minutes. Trains depart every 15 minutes. Prices vary and can be found online . It is also possible to use the National Rail services, however you cannot use an Oyster or travel card for these journeys.

National Express coach services run 24 hours a day and stop at 15 different locations in central London. The journey can costfrom as little as £6 one way and takes around 50 minutes.

Taxis from all London airports

A taxi from any of the airports into central London is not particularly recommended unless you really don’t want to use public transport. Taxis are usually expensive (it can cost around £100) and can take longer than public transport due to the heavy traffic in central London. If you have a lot of luggage, it is usually possible to get a luggage transfer from the airport directly to your hotel.

If you do decide to take a taxi from the airport then either take a black cab (metered prices) from the taxi rank outside the airport or book a minicab (fixed prices), either by booking in advance online or by phone, or via the kiosk once you arrive at the airport. More information about getting a taxi safely in London is found below.

Getting around London

Navigate your way around on public transport using TFL’s journey planner. Oyster and travel cards are valid on the underground and buses throughout the city.

The easiest way to get around London is by the underground, known as “the tube”. Thanks to the award-winning map design, navigating the tube is easy, and really opens up your options for visiting every part of the city. Keep a map close to hand or download one of the many tube map apps to make it even simpler.

Another great way to get around and to see the sights is by bus. London buses are iconic and it’s easy to just hop on and off using an Oyster or travel card.

There are two types of taxi in London. The traditional black cab and pre-booked minicabs. Black cabs can be hailed from the street, picked up from taxi ranks or booked in advance. The prices are metered and there is a minimum fare of just below £3. Minicabs, however, are booked in advance and offer a fixed fare for your journey. Remember that only black cabs may be hailed from the street. If you decide to take a minicab (i.e. not a black cab) you must call and book it in advance from a licensed minicab service. Taking a minicab from the street is illegal and unsafe. More information about the safest way to get a taxi can be found on the Visit London webpage .

Where to eat and drink in London

Duck and Waffle

The highest 24-hour restaurant in London offers the most stunning views night and day. Located on the 40th floor of 110 Bishopsgate, the quirky British cuisine with European influences is designed for sharing and will certainly give you and your dinner companions plenty to talk about. If you’re finding it impossible to choose from the menu, the waiters will happily advice you, just make sure you save room for the signature dish of duck and waffle. This unique dining experience is in demand, so book well in advance and be aware of the more formal dress code.

Gordon’s Wine Bar

Gordon’s Wine Bar in Charing Cross is thought to be the oldest wine bar in London, having been established in 1890. The original decor has been maintained, creating an atmosphere as if time has stood still. Although it can become cramped, that’s just part of its charm, with its cost candle-lit tables in the cellar and historical newspaper cutting and memorabilia on the walls. Along with its award-winning wine list, Gordon’s serves food in real-sized portions, including home-made pies.

Christopher’s Grill and Martini Bar

Located in Covent Garden and perfect for drinks, lunch or dinner. If you want drinks or a lunch head into the American Deco martini bar, billed as a theatrical and atmospheric drinking parlour. Here you can get burgers, wraps, clubs and salads as well as American tapas for sharing. Seating can be booked but walk in places are always available. Alternatively you can make your way to the grill, an American restaurant set in an elegant dining room that blends the contemporary with the classic. At the weekends you can get a superfood brunch, or if you fancy something less healthy opt for the build-your-own pancake menu, with a wide range of toppings available.

La Trompette

Slightly outside of central London, in Chiswick, you will find modern British restaurant La Trompette. The restaurant is known for having some of the best food in London without the associated high prices or formality. The lunch menu is particularly good, but choosing the tasting menu means you’re sure not to miss out on a thing.

Located in fashionable Soho, HIX offers indulgence and comfort in the heart of the West End. HIX specialises in fish and shellfish, although there is also a vegetarian menu. In fact there is a menu for every occasion: a la carte, lunch, brunch or a theatre menu, popular in many of the restaurants in the West End and catering for those going to see shows in the evening. Below the restaurant you will find Mark’s Bar, known as one of the best bars in London, offering classic luxury with its chesterfields and cocktails.

Cinnamon Club

Not trip to London would be complete without going to an Indian restaurant. Indian food has long been an important part of British cuisine, with Anglo-Indian cuisine taking on a life of its own. Cinnamon Club is set in a historic building, which was previously the Westminster library, giving it an air of sophistication before you’ve even set foot in the door. This fine-dining restaurant has redefined modern Indian cuisine in London, using exclusive ingredients in its contemporary menu. Don’t forget to dip into the gin trolly, which includes a specially curated selection of gins sourced from iconic brands and small-batch producers across the UK.

Jackson & Rye

Offering New York food with a hint of Parisian influence, this brasserie, bar and grill is open seven days a week and perfect for breakfast, lunch, dinner or anything in between. With several locations, including one in Bank and one in Soho, it’s hard to find an excuse not to go to this relaxed, yet stylish eatery.

Inn the Park

Easy to miss, nestled in amongst the trees in St James’ Park, but worth seeking out, is Inn the Park. Perfect for a breakfast or lunch, you can get some delicious British classics and it’s always hard to choose just one thing from the menu. The calm atmosphere and beautiful surrounding nature makes it the perfect place to relax away from the frenzy of central London.

Social Eating House

Social Eating House positions itself as a place where people can enjoy key elements of the current London dining scene, but in a social and informal setting (while still being endlessly fashionable). The Michelin-star awarded food is designed to be simple and uses locally sourced and seasonal ingredients. Hidden above the restaurant is the award-winning cocktail bar The Blind Pig. The bar, as the name suggests, has a speakeasy vibe and mirrored ceiling, while the cocktail list is inspired by children’s literature.

Sharing is caring!

2 thoughts on “7 day London itinerary for first time visitors”

This is so helpful. I will be travelling to London on my own too, and seeing your blog is a really big help. This made me more excited.

Nice Itinerary. Great to read and useful content.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

  • London’s Most Popular Attractions
  • Day Trips From London
  • London With Kids
  • London Travel Tips
  • 12 Attractions Day Walk

trip to london planner

As a London Trip Planner for over 10 years, I have helped over 100 families and individuals planning a trip to London

Why it's important to have a london trip planner when planning a trip to london.

Planning a visit to London can be a daunting task. Especially if it’s your first visit. Unlike many American and European cities where the are attractions located in one general area, London’s tourist attractions are spread out over a massive area. This makes planning on how to get around to them in an efficient way without wasting valuable vacation time very challenging to say the least. And then there are all the other questions you’ll need answers to, like where to stay in london, what form of transportation you should take to get around, which hotels to stay in and which to avoid, and so many other questions. As someone who has visited London 50 times, and has helped over 100 people plan their visit to London, I can answer these questions for you. Let me assist you with a personalized London Trip Plan that will help make your trip to London the perfect visit!

There are three factors you need to take into consideration when planning a visit to London as a tourist. These are:

  • Which area of London you should stay in.
  • How you’re going to get around to the attractions.
  • Answers to the many questions that will arise before you leave and after you get there.

london-trip-planner-tower-bridge

My personalized London Trip Plan for you will address these 3 factors with a unique plan, designed for your visit, in a way that will alleviate the stress of dealing with these factors both before and during your London vacation. Here is how I can help you with all 3:

Where to stay in london, as a tourist, it is extremely important that you choose the right area to stay in london.

Choosing which area to stay in London is the most important decision you’ll make for your visit. It is the cornerstone of my London Trip Plan for you because not only not does it play a key role in maximizing your vacation time, but the neighborhood in which your hotel is located will have a huge effect on your overall London experience. I have stayed all around London and I can show you what I feel is the best area to stay, or help you maximize your stay in an area for which you have a personal preference.

Getting around London

London is very large geographically and its main tourist attractions aren't centralized.

As I mentioned earlier, London’s tourist attractions are spread out all over a vast area. My London Trip Plan shows you how to see London’s attractions efficiently by traveling to different sections of London each day, seeing the attractions in that particular section, rather than zig-zagging all over this huge city, robbing you of your valuable vacation time. The time you save following my plan will give you added time to do other things in London, which many of my clients consider to be a huge bonus!

Answers to your Questions

You're going to have a lot of questions both before and after you arrive in london.

If you’re traveling to London for the first time you’ll quickly find out that there are many questions for which you’re going to need answers. After helping so many people plan their visits to London, I know what those questions will be, and my London Trip Plan ensures you have answers to those questions before you leave. This too will save you valuable vacation time, and make your visit less stressful and more relaxing.

westminster-phone-box-at-big-ben

Other important topics you should know about when planning a trip to London

  • Which London airport to fly in to
  • The best way to get into London from the airport
  • Best area to stay in London
  • The best and safest way to exchange money for British pounds
  • The best way to get around to the tourist attractions
  • Things to do in London if you’re bringing children
  • How to see London on a budget

german-couple-in-paddington-cafe-nero

I encountered this very nice German couple at Cafe Nero in Paddington, and I quickly realized that I was looking at exactly why I started this website.

Your personal london trip planner is only $99, get in touch for a complimentary first time consultation.

PHONE-ICON

( swipe to advance testimonials )

London-Trip-Planner-London-Skyline-Divider

Top 10 Lists & Itineraries

Top 10 lists and example itineraries to help you choose the places you’d like to visit. We recommend visiting three attractions each day (four is just about doable if you don’t mind rushing about)

Top 10 Lists

London Eye

Ultimate London Bucket List - The ultimate bucket list of landmarks and attractions that every tourist should visit, with 25 of the best places to see in London 2

Houses of Parliament

Top 10 London landmarks - Our list of the ten best landmarks you must-see from Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and Tower Bridge to St Paul’s Cathedral 1

British Museum

Top 10 most visited attractions - Here’s a list of the most popular tourist attractions in London according to their number of annual visitors

St James’s Park

Top 10 places to take a photo - Here are ten of the most popular photo spots that hundreds of tourists always gather around to take a souvenir selfie

Changing the Guard at Buckingham Palace

Top 10 free attractions - London has enough free museums, art galleries and parades to fill up an entire week of your holiday, and here’s a list of the best

Chessington World of Adventures

Top 10 kid’s attractions - Planning a holiday with kids isn’t easy so here are the ten best events and family attractions that your children should enjoy

National Gallery

Top 10 art galleries - Here’s our pick of the ten best art galleries that every tourist should visit, from the world-famous National Gallery to the Tate Modern

Natural History Museum

Top 10 museums - Whether you’re interested in history, antiquities, science or the British military, there are enough museums in London for everyone

Tower of London

Top 10 historic sites - Here’s a list of London’s most treasured buildings and World Heritage Sites that everyone can visit to explore the city’s history

Windsor Castle

Top 10 day trips - Our guide to the best day trips and coach excursions you can take to places outside London, from Oxford to Stonehenge

Richmond Park

Top 10 parks and gardens - The ten most beautiful open spaces in London from the Royal botanical gardens at Kew to the overgrown cemetery at Highgate

Trooping the Colour

Top 10 annual events - Here are the best events that take place every year, from Trooping the Colour to Last Night of the Proms and the tennis at Wimbledon

Example itineraries

Sightseeing bus

London in one day - If you’re only visiting London for 24 hours then here are some itinerary ideas to cram as many landmarks as possible into one day 11

Piccadilly Circus

London in one day for free - Two different itineraries with a selection of interesting places that won’t cost you money (not even bus and train fares to get between them)

IFS Cloud cable car

London in one day with kids - Here are a few itinerary ideas if you’re planning on taking your kids to London for just one day to visit some family attractions 2

National Gallery

London in two days - Two days will give you just enough time to visit most of the famous sights and a few of the popular tourist attractions if you time it right 9

National Gallery & St Martin-in-the-Fields

London in two days with kids - Here are three family-friendly itineraries we’ve put together for parents coming to London for a couple of days with their kids

Trafalgar Square

London in three days - Three days is the absolute minimum you need if you want enough time to see all the famous landmarks and the pick of the best attractions 9

London Eye

London in four days - Four days is just about ideal because you’ll have time to see the best sights, take in a show, and have time left over for shopping 8

Big Ben

London in five days - Five days will give you plenty of time to see the must-see landmarks and attractions and reserve a day for a boat trip to Greenwich

London in six days - With six days you can see pretty much everything worth seeing, including a day trip to Greenwich and a show in the West End 5

London Eye pod

London in one week - Seven days will give you plenty of time to see all the best attractions and then take a day-trip to somewhere outside of London

trip to london planner

Navigate forward to interact with the calendar and select a date. Press the question mark key to get the keyboard shortcuts for changing dates.

Navigate backward to interact with the calendar and select a date. Press the question mark key to get the keyboard shortcuts for changing dates.

London Trip Planner

Top attractions in london.

Fanshawe Pioneer Village

London Travel Planning

DO YOU DREAM OF VISITING LONDON?

trip to london planner

We are here to help you turn that dream into a reality!

Our London travel tips, guides, resources, and itineraries are designed to answer all your questions and make planning your trip easy and fun.

We aim to remove the overwhelm from planning your visit and help you make the most of your time in London

📝 PLANNING RESOURCES

When to visit London.

LONDON ATTRACTIONS

trip to london planner

ITINERARY CONSULTATIONS

trip to london planner

Feeling overwhelmed planning your London vacation?

We offer private consultations to answer your questions and help you to fine-tune your London (and UK) itinerary .

UK & London Travel Planning Helping you plan your perfect UK vacation

Images of Tracy and Doug Collins courtesy of Domi from Scalens Studio

UK Travel Planning

UK trip planner

  • How to plan your UK Trip – A step by step guide

If you feel overwhelmed when planning your UK trip, this article will help. I recommend following each step below in order.

From deciding when to go, what to see, how to get around and even what to pack I will walk you through each step and make your planning process smoother and less daunting.

Step 1 – Decide when to visit the UK

Uk travel toolkit, step 2 – decide on your budget, step 3 – start your research, step 4 – check your passport and any visa requirements, planning your itinerary, popular destinations in england, popular destinations in scotland, popular destinations in wales, looking for a good map to help plan your itinerary, itinerary suggestions, intrepid travel, flying to the uk, other inbound transport options (bus/ferry/eurostar), travel insurance, step 7 – book accommodation, how to get around london, driving in the uk, train travel in the uk, by coach or bus, take an internal flight, english heritage overseas visitor pass (not available to uk residents), city passes, activities and experiences, book airport transfers, plan how you will access the internet, money matters*, check medical supplies.

  • Start packing!

Suggested timeline for planning your Uk trip

London travel guide & itinerary planner (+ 4 bonus ebooks), 10 step guide to plan your uk vacation.

10 STEPS TO PLAN YOUR UK TRIP 2

Visiting the UK is wonderful at any time of year but it is important to be aware of the possible impact of the seasons on your travel plans.

If you have set dates when you have to take your vacation it is still essential to be aware of the possible weather conditions for the time you will be in the UK.

The weather varies greatly depending on where you visit in the UK. It will be considerably colder in Scotland in winter than in London for example. Generally the further north you travel the cooler it becomes at any time of year!

The days are also shorter in winter leaving less time for sightseeing especially if you are exploring countryside areas such as the Cotswolds or the Highlands of Scotland .

Summer – June to August

This is peak tourist season and it is busy all over the UK. School holidays in July and August lead to an influx of visitors to popular seaside destinations as well as cities such as London and Edinburgh .

The daylight hours are longer during the summer with light evenings enabling visitors to do and see more.

There are also many popular festivals and shows held during the summer months.

Midges can be a problem in Scotland in the warmer months, so insect repellant is recommended if you plan your trip during this time.

Whilst the weather can be warm to hot in the UK during the summer it is sensible to check the forecast, wear layers and carry an umbrella!

If you are planning to visit during this peak time, booking accommodation, transport, tours and tickets as soon as possible is important. Read – How far ahead to book for the UK

Autumn/Fall – September to November

Once the schools return in early September tourist destinations start to become less busy. This is a great time of year to visit Scotland and the Scottish islands particularly in the early Autumn months.

At the end of October the clocks are put back one hour and daylight hours start to dwindle.

Winter – December to February

The coldest months in the UK can herald ice and snow and freezing temperatures in Scotland and on higher ground in England and Wales.

The days are short due to reduced daylight.

This is also a time to visit Christmas markets and enjoy the build-up to the festive season. London is spectacular at this time of year and very busy in the lead up to Christmas.

Read more about visiting the UK in winter

Spring – March to May

March can still be a chilly time of year in the UK but at the end of the month the clocks spring forward one hour and the hours of daylight begin to increase.

Daffodils, crocuses and tulips make a colourful appearance and the countryside recovers from the dark days of winter. Spring is a wonderful time to visit the UK .

School holidays over Easter can lead to an increase of visitors to popular destinations such as London, the Cotswolds and Cornwall.

The weather can be variable throughout the spring and an umbrella will probably be necessary but some warm sunny days are generally expected.

Read: When is the best time of year to visit the UK?

AVAILABLE TO PURCHASE NOW!

The UK TRAVEL TOOLKIT is the perfect resource to organize and track your itinerary.

It includes pre-travel checklists, pages for essential destination information such as hotel reservations and bookings, a packing list, budget tracking sheets, important contact numbers and addresses, tour information, flight information, car hire, train travel planner, daily travel memories as well as at a glance pages for weekly and daily itineraries.

Available to download and print off or to use as an editable planner on your laptop or iPad this is the ideal tool to reduce stress and stay organised both before and during your trip.

CLICK HERE TO FIND OUT MORE AND PURCHASE YOUR COPY

UK Travel Planner Book Cover 6

Deciding what your budget will be is an important step. It can be expensive to travel in the UK particularly if you plan to spend extended time in big cities such as London.

However, there are ways to budget for your trip. Even in London there are many free attractions available to help you plan a more budget-conscious trip. I recommend also weighing up the benefits of discount cards and passes to see if you can save money that way.

There are a variety of accommodation options available in the UK to suit all budgets ranging from hostels and B&Bs to boutique stays and luxury 5* hotels. You can find detailed accommodation guides for London , England , Scotland and Wales to help you find the best accommodation for your needs and budget.

Using public transport such as trains, coaches and buses can be cheaper than hiring a car too.

We recommend planning on an average individual daily budget (excluding airfares and accommodation) of £60 (budget) £125 (mid-range) and £200+ (luxury)

This budget should cover activities, transport and food.

Read – How much does it cost to visit the UK? UK budget planning guide

UK trip planner surrounded by travel related items

Once you have decided when you will visit, for how long and your budget the next step is to research what you want to see and do in the UK.

Considering which airport you will fly into from your country of origin may also influence your plans as well as your proposed length of stay.

This stage can be overwhelming as there is so much information available. Using our website to identify which areas, cities and places match your interests is a great way to start.

Also pop over to our Facebook group UK and London Travel Planning and join thousands of others planning their trip. It is the perfect place to ask questions and discuss plans with other travellers visiting the UK.

You can find inspiration in this selection of the best UK travel guidebooks available (including city, region and country guidebooks)

UK itinerary planning challenge.

Citizens of the US, Canada, Australia and New Zealand can stay in the UK visa-free for the purposes of tourism for up to 6 months (at the time of publishing this article)

This situation could change at any time so please check with your local foreign office for the latest advice about travel to the UK.

United States – click here

Canada – click here

Australia – click here

New Zealand – click here

Due to changing regulations on the 1st January 2021, (because of Brexit) citizens of the EU, EEA or Switzerland should check the official UK government website to check the situation prior to travel.

Some visitors to the UK require 6 months validity remaining on their passport so check in case you need to get a new passport.

We recommend iVisa for all your visa requirements. Save time with their easy traveller friendly application process. Their visa specialists are available 24/7 to help wherever you are in the world. Click here to find out more about how iVisa can help you.

Step 5 – Where to go (Itinerary planning)

Travel itinerary for a UK trip planner with phone and a pen

This can be the hardest part of planning any trip. With so many wonderful destinations in the UK to choose from it can be overwhelming when you have to decide which to see and which to leave out.

It is easy to include too many places and end up exhausted at the end of your trip so do think carefully about travel times and distance and just how exhausting a packed schedule can be.

Questions regularly asked in my UK and London Travel Planning Facebook group include:

  • How much can I fit into my limited vacation time?
  • What are the must-sees in London?
  • What are the must-sees in the rest of the UK?
  • How can I put together an itinerary to include all the things I want to see?
  • How long do I need in London, the Cotswolds, Bath, Scotland etc?
  • How can I do all of this without feeling exhausted at the end of my holiday?

There are many articles on this website to help you to prioritise and plan your itinerary and even suggested itineraries you can follow or adapt.

In STEP 1 you will have decided when and for how long you will be in the UK so that gives you a baseline upon which to build your itinerary.

In STEP 8 we will look at transportation around the UK in more depth but it is worth considering at this stage whether you prefer to hire a car , take public transportation, join organised tours to areas of interest or perhaps using all three.

In London, I highly recommend that you use public transport or a taxi to get around the city and do not hire a car. It is expensive, there is limited parking in central London and you will spend most of your time in a traffic jam! You can read my guide to using London transport here .

Many places are easily reached by train (see our top 10 UK train trips or our 14-day best of Britain rail itinerary ) including the major cities. However, the train has its limitations particularly if you plan to access rural areas such as the Cotswolds, Cornwall, the Jurassic Coast and the Highlands of Scotland this is best done on a road trip or by taking a tour.

This doesn’t mean excluding them from your itinerary but consider carefully the locations of your chosen destinations and the best ways to get to (and around) them.

You will find information in all my city and area-specific travel guides about the transport options to each destination as well as must-sees, itinerary suggestions and recommended time to spend there.

So what are the popular places visitors want to see when in the UK?

Map showing popular destinations in England

  • London – everyone want to visit the capital city! I recommend at least 3 days in London to enable you to see the main sights landmarks and attractions. Read my essential tips and planning guide to start planning your London itinerary without the overwhelm!
  • The Cotswolds – although you can visit the Cotswolds on a day trip from Bath or London I recommend at least 2/3 days to fully explore this beautiful region.
  • Bath – one of England’s most beautiful cities and popular for its stunning architecture, Roman baths and many teahouses. It is possible to see the main highlights of Bath in one day or use the city as a base to explore the Cotswolds and Stonehenge.
  • York – this historic city is the perfect stop for those traveling between London and Edinburgh.
  • In south west England the counties of Dorset , Devon and Cornwall attract visitors looking for (amongst other attractions) beautiful beaches, coastal walks, stunning countryside and quaint villages
  • Brighton – visit this English coastal city on a day trip from London and enjoy exploring its famous Pavilion, independent shops and pier.
  • The University cities of Oxford and Cambridge – Enjoy a walk around these beautiful and historic cities within easy reach of London.
  • The Lake District – perfect for nature lovers, walkers and those seeking to experience the best of the British countryside
  • A bit of a hidden gem but absolutely worth visiting are the counties and cities located in the North East of England. The county of Northumberland has a stunning coastline, areas of outstanding natural beauty, castles, Roman sites and great walks. A little further south is the historic city of Durham – home to a UNESCO World Heritage-listed cathedral and castle.
  • An English castle – most visitors to the UK want to visit at least 1 castle (or even spend the night in one)

Read more – England Travel Guide

Map showing main destinations in Scotland

  • Edinburgh – popular with visitors for its history, architecture, culture and castle Edinburgh is the perfect Scottish destination for first time visitors to the country.
  • Scottish Islands – offering stunning scenery, wildlife, culture and history choosing which of the islands to include in your itinerary is the first step.
  • Scottish Highlands – beautiful scenery, landscapes, wildlife and experiences await in the Highlands. This is an entire holiday of its own so think carefully if this is an area you wish to visit – either plan a driving holiday or base yourself in one or two cities and take day trips.
  • Explore a Scottish castle – with so many beautiful castles in Scotland most visitors include at least one or two in their itinerary.

Read more – Scotland Travel Guide

Popular destinations in Wales

  • Cardiff – the Welsh capital
  • National Parks such as Snowdonia and Pembrokeshire are popular with nature lovers, walkers, climbers and adventurers.
  • Castles including Caernarfon and Conwy are popular with visitors to Wales.

Read more – Wales Travel Guide

UK scratch off map

Read more – Best travels books and maps for planning your UK trip

As I mentioned previously I highly recommend thinking carefully about your priorities and interests. It is very easy to over plan and try to fit in too much.

Spending a few days in London can be exhausting in itself. If you plan to take a road or rail trip around the UK I recommend 3 days per destination (but consider travelling time and distances)

It is possible to base yourself in London and take tours or day trips to nearby cities and areas of interest, plan a road trip around the UK or even a train travel itinerary that incorporates your areas of interest but what you can fit in will depend greatly on the length of your trip.

If you have 7 days I would recommend 3/4 days in London followed by 4 days to explore areas in the south of England such as the Cotswolds, Bath, Stonehenge and Oxford.

If you have 10 to 14 days (or longer) for a road trip or train trip it is possible to include many of the popular destinations throughout England, Scotland and Wales in your itinerary.

These are just a couple of examples of possible itineraries!

  • Highlights of Scotland – Edinburgh -> Kelpies -> Glasgow -> Loch Lomond & Trossachs National Park & Glencoe -> Glenfinnan -> Isle of Skye -> Inverness -> Loch Ness -> Pitlochry -> Edinburgh
  • Grand tour of England, Scotland Ireland and Wales – London -> Cambridge -> York -> Durham -> Alnwick -> Edinburgh ->Inverness -> Loch Ness -> Glasgow -> Belfast -> Dublin -> Caernarfon -> Liverpool -> Stratford -> Oxford -> London
  • England, Scotland and Wales – London -> York -> Edinburgh -> Glasgow -> Liverpool -> Cardiff -> Bath -> Stonehenge -> Cotswolds -> Oxford -> London
  • 14 day best of Britain by train – London -> Bath -> Cardiff -> Liverpool or Lake District -> Edinburgh -> York -> London

The ideal place to discuss your proposed itinerary is in our free UK and London Travel Planning Facebook Group – pop over, have a chat and find out other travellers experiences exploring the UK.

Consider booking an organised group tour

Coach heading towards hills in Scotland

If you prefer to avoid the stress of planning your own trip there is always the option to book a packaged group tour of the UK.

There are a number of tour companies that offer tours around the UK including Trafalgar, Intrepid and Tourradar.

Good to know – Many tours also incorporate Ireland in their itineraries so if you were considering a visit to the Emerald Isle you will find many combined tour options.

Read more – Best UK tours 2023 – Comparison and itinerary guide

A great place to start Tourradar is a marketplace for tours. Use the filter option to sort tours by date, travel styles, maximum group size, ages, and interests and check out reviews so you can pick the ideal tour for your needs.

This 11 day Best of Britain tour covers 25 destinations across England, Scotland and Wales and includes accommodation, an expert guide, meals, transport and more.

Click here for more UK tours from Tourradar

Intrepid are a popular choice for those seeking a small group tour with a focus on discovering a region’s people and culture. Many of their UK tours have an active focus – cycling or walking.

They have several tour styles available ranging from Basix to Comfort.

Tours with Intrepid include this 5 day tour of the Orkneys in Scotland , a 7 day walk along Hadrian’s Wall in Northern England and a 4 day cycle tour of the Lake District.

Click here for the full range of UK tours from Intrepid

Trafalgar is a well known and respected brand that has been in business since 1947. Their coach tours appeal to the 50+ age bracket with an interest in culture and history.

  • 7 Day Best of Scotland tour includes Edinburgh Castle, Pitlochry, the Isle of Skye, Glasgow Cathedral, Culloden Battlefield and Stirling Castle.
  • Amazing Britain – From Shakespeare’s theatrical roots and mystical Stonehenge to the fresh air and rugged outdoors of the Scottish Highlands, where you’ll learn all about the locals’ favourite drink at a traditional whisky distillery.

Click here for more tours of Britain and Ireland from Trafalgar

Rabbies offer small group tours of England, Scotland, Wales and Ireland with no more than 16 people to a tour. They offer guaranteed departures so you know once you book you will go!

Their tours vary in length from day trips to up to 17 days and they have a wide selection of family-friendly tours to choose from.

Here is a selection of some of the great tours on offer

  • The Lake District, Edinburgh, Mull & the Isle of Skye ( 9 day Rail and Trail Journey ) – Enjoy 3 wonderful UK destinations on this 9 day tour.
  • Heart of England, Wales & Yorkshire ( 5 day tour ) – Travel through the Peak District, Shakespeare country, Welsh mountains, and beautiful British cities.
  • Scottish Island Hopping Extravaganza ( 17 day tour ) – Discover the majesty of Mull, Skye, Iona, Orkney & the Outer Hebrides on this tour from Edinburgh.

> You will find more small-group tour options from Rabbies here

Step 6 – Book flights and organise travel insurance

A computer with a booking sign and an airplane

Next step is planning how you will get to the UK. If you are in North America, Asia, Africa or Australia/New Zealand the answer is generally by air. (Unless the UK is the start or end point for a cruise or you are travelling overland by train or bus)

There are 15 major airports in the UK including Heathrow airport, London Gatwick, Birmingham, Luton, Edinburgh and Manchester.

To find the best flight deals to the UK I sites such as Skyscanner or CheapOair provide comparisons of all available options (prices and routes)

Skyscanner is useful if you are searching for various route options and the cheapest dates to travel. Set up an email alert if prices change.

CheapOair is good for deals on first and business class travel.

If you are entering the UK from mainland Europe there are a number of other transport options available including taking a ferry, bus or the Eurostar.

The Eurostar departs from Paris, Amsterdam and Brussels with some stops at other regional cities along the way with the final destination at St Pancras International Station in London.

The Eurostar is a quick, easy and comfortable way to travel between London and major European cities such as Paris and Brussels where onward high-speed connections will transport you all across the continent.

You can even pop over to Paris from London on a day trip if you plan carefully!

Read – Best booking sites for UK travel

At this point (with a tour or flight booked) we highly recommend taking out travel insurance.

I learnt this the hard way after booking pricy plane tickets and waiting to pay for travel insurance. A few weeks before we were due to fly my husband was admitted to hospital and though recovered in time for our trip it tripled our insurance costs which also then excluded his medical condition. Now I pay for the insurance as soon as my flights are paid for!

Due to the impact of the pandemic, it is vital to check the terms and conditions of any cover you are considering. Ensure that general health cover and repatriation is included and check what cover is provided for any Covid-19 related issues (health/cancellation/delays etc)*

For US-based travellers Travel Insurance Master and for Australian-based travellers Cover-More are companies which both offer travel insurance.

*Advice given in this article is general in nature and is not intended to influence readers’ decisions about investing or financial products. You should always seek your own professional advice that takes into account your personal circumstances before making any financial decisions. We always encourage our readers to compare options when it comes to financial products. Read our full disclosure.

A London phone box, a red suitcase and a hotel room key

There is a huge range of accommodation options available in the UK to suit all travel budgets and styles including Airbnbs, hotels, B&Bs, cottages and even castles!

We recommend using booking.com for your hotel and apartment accommodation. It is the site we use for our own trips all over the world. The site is easy to use and we find the option to book with free cancellation up to 24 hours in advance of a stay absolute essential. It may cost slightly more but for peace of mind it is invaluable.

Vrbo and Plum Guide are other sites to check for accommodation across the UK. Offering many unusual, quirky and unique choices such as cosy Cotswold cottages, log cabins in the Lake District and castles in Scotland as well as more budget-friendly London accommodation options.

You will find your perfect accommodation in my guides

  • London Accommodation Guide
  • England Accommodation Guide
  • Scotland Accommodation Guide
  • Wales Accommodation Guide

Step 8 – Book transport

A map of England with a toy car and car keys on it

There are a number of options for getting around the UK including by train, car, bus, internal flights and ferry. In Step 5 you will have identified how you will get around London and the UK so now is the time to book!

If you are arriving at a London airport you will need to know a little about London transport options and the Oyster Card so you are prepared.

I would recommend that you avoid driving in London if you can. London is a busy, congested capital city that is best travelled by foot, cab and public transport.

Consider purchasing a Visitor Oyster Card which can be used to access public transport in the capital. You can also purchase the  Visitor Oyster Card  as part of your  London Pass .

Read more in my full guide to  getting around London using public transport.

How to get around the UK

Hiring a car  and taking some road trips around the UK is an option. If you do plan to hire a car don’t forget that you will need your full licence and ID such as a passport (if your licence was not issued in English you will need an international driving permit)

If you are travelling to the UK and plan to hire a car I would recommend comparing prices before booking – you can compare prices from all major car hire companies from Discover Cars.

If you decide to drive there are some  important points to remember:

  • Drive on the left side of the road.
  • Most cars are manual (automatics are more expensive to hire)
  • Everyone in the vehicle is required by law to wear a seat belt.
  • “Gas” stations are called petrol stations and the fuel for your car will either be petrol or diesel. It is important to know which fuel type your hire car requires. We have had friends fill up with the wrong fuel and it was a costly mistake. Petrol is expensive in the UK compared to many other countries around the world so factor this into your budget.
  • Roundabouts are common in the UK – give way to traffic on the roundabout which will be approaching from the right.
  • It is illegal to use a cell phone when driving in the UK.
  • Pay attention to speed limits. Speed cameras are common in the UK and you will be fined if found to be above the limit.
  • Children under 12 (or 135 m tall) must use a child car seat.

🚗 🚙 Learn to Drive Confidently in the UK with Tripiamo

Tripiamo equips travellers with the essential knowledge needed to drive confidently in the UK.

Unlike a GPS, Tripiamo offers comprehensive driving guidance tailored specifically for the UK, crafted by travel experts and validated by local driving schools and instructors. This ensures you receive reliable and extensive information for driving in the UK.

Whether navigating city streets or rural roads, Tripiamo prepares you with the skills and confidence needed to drive safely and correctly.

My own personal choice is to travel by train in the UK when possible. It is fairly easy to travel by train between major cities but can become trickier to travel around rural areas such as the Cotswolds, Scottish Highlands, Jurassic Coast etc without a car.

If you enjoy train travel there are many  beautiful scenic rail journeys  to take in the UK. There are also some sleeper train services such as the Caledonian Sleeper which are an adventure in themselves.

For more information our comprehensive guide to travelling the UK by train which was written by my husband (who worked in the UK rail industry for 25 years) is essential – you can find out more about the guide here .

  • London to Birmingham  – 1 1/2 hours
  • London to Manchester – 2 hours
  • London to Edinburgh – 4 1/2 hours
  • London to Cardiff – 2 hours

I recommend  The Trainline  for tickets for trains, buses or flights in the UK.

Graphic of updated UK Train Guide

If you are travelling on a budget the cheapest way to travel the UK will be by coach though your journey time will be longer.

The largest company is National Express whose network serves over 1200 destinations. You can check prices and timetables for National Express via the TrainLine which also provides a handy comparison between coach and train times and prices.

If you are really pushed for time flying may be an option. It is important to calculate how long you need to be at the airport before your flight (at least 2 hours with checked baggage and 1 hour without) plus the time to get to and from airports at either end.

Check on Skyscanner for routes and prices.

If you plan to visit the Scottish Islands , the Isle of Man, the Channel Islands, the Isle of Wight, the Scilly Isles, and Ireland you will need to take a ferry (though flights may also be an option)

There are many ferry companies in Scotland but the main two are CalMac (for the Inner and Outer Hebrides) and Northlink Ferries (Orkneys and Shetland) If you are planning a road trip around Scottish Islands it is important to book in advance due to limited capacity.

Tickets can be purchased for ferry routes across the UK from Direct Ferries

Ferries to Ireland from the UK are as follows

  • Wales – Fishguard to Rosslare and Holyhead to Dublin
  • England – Liverpool to Belfast and Liverpool to Dublin
  • Scotland – Caimryan to Belfast

> Read more in our complete guide to transportation in the UK

Step 9 – Book attractions, tours and activities

A boat on the Thames and the London Eye

Once you have firmed up your itinerary I recommend booking tickets for any attractions, tours, activities and experiences. This is particularly important during peak seasons for popular attractions such as the Tower of London, London Eye, Churchill’s War Rooms in London, the Roman Baths in Bath, Stonehenge, and the Jacobite Steam Train in Scotland for example.

I recommend purchasing skip the line tickets during the summer months so as to avoid standing in long queues.

There are a number of city and attractions passes available for the UK which may be cost-effective if you are planning to visit many of the most popular sights and attractions.

I recommend listing the cost of each attraction you want to visit in London and comparing the amount to the cost of one of these London Passes.

There are a number of passes available in London including the classic London Pass with access to more than 80 of London’s top attractions, tours, and museums as well as a hop-on hop-off bus ticket and the Go London Explorer Pass which allows you to create your own tour of London with a pass to 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 top attractions.

The More London for Less 5 Attractions Pass covers Madame Tussauds London, the SEA LIFE London Aquarium, The London Dungeon, DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure! London, and The London Eye all on 1 great value ticket.

The Royal Museums Greenwich Day Pass includes the entrance fee to the Royal Observatory and Cutty Sark, a free audio guide at both attractions and access to The National Maritime Museum & The Queen’s House.

The Three Palace Royal Pass includes entry to the Tower of London, Hampton Court and Kensington Palace.

With so many passes to choose from it can be confusing – read my comparison guide to London Passes to help you choose the best one for your needs and interests.

The English Heritage Pass entitles unlimited access to more than 100 of the most important places in English history including castles, abbeys, Roman ruins and prehistoric monuments.

Heritage sites included in this pass are Dover Castle , Stonehenge and Hadrian’s Wall .

The pass is valid for 9 or 16 consecutive days.

  • York City Pass – This pass is valid for one or two full days of sightseeing and gives your entry to 25 attractions in York.

Click here for more tours and attractions in York with Get Your Guide

I highly recommend taking some day tours when you are exploring the UK. It is the best way to learn about the places you are visiting as tour guides are always keen to share their knowledge of the history and culture.

Walking tours are also a great way to get your bearings, especially in larger cities such as London. There are lots of fantastic group tours (or private tours if you prefer) available for many popular destinations across the UK.

I recommend the following group tour companies:

Take Walks – Take Walks offer a selection of small group tours in London including VIP access to the British Museum , a VIP tour of the Tower of London and tours of the Houses of Parliament . Their London in a Day Tour is very popular and includes the Tower of London Tour, Westminster Abbey & Changing of the Guards plus a Thames cruise. Find out more about Take Walks London tours here.

LivTours – Another great tour company offering private and semi-private tours of London.

⭐️ Click here for our preferred partners for private driver guided tours

Get Your Guide is a platform that gathers the best activities across the globe in one place which means that they have tons of amazing day trips to choose from all over London and the UK. With free cancellation on most of their tours up to 24 hours before departure they are my go-to for larger group tours and tickets. Click here find more day tour options in the UK!

There are some fantastic experiences waiting for you in the UK from attending a football match to baking scones in the Cotswolds there is something for all the family to enjoy including

  • Private London photoshoot with Scalens Studios ( Quote code UKTP10 at checkout for 10 extra images for free)
  • A tour of Anfield the home of Liverpool Football Club

For more memorable activities to add to your itinerary take a look at Get Your Guide (our gift guide for Anglophiles also has some great suggestions for once in a lifetime activities.)

Step 10 – Prepare for departure

UK trip planning and everything you need in an illustration of a suitcase with London landmarks poking out

It is important to know how you will get from the airport to your accommodation and book transfers ahead of time.

There is nothing worse than arriving jet-lagged and feeling disorientated in an unfamiliar environment.

If you are flying into one of London’s major airports (Heathrow or Gatwick) there are a number of options open to you including taking the train, bus or (the more expensive) taxi.

Approximate times to travel from each airport by train into central London are:

  • Heathrow – 45 minutes
  • Gatwick – 45 minutes
  • City Airport – 30 minutes
  • Luton – 40 minutes
  • Stansted – 50 minutes

If however, you prefer to avoid negotiating the London Underground with your luggage we recommend booking with our preferred partner Riz of XFA Cars which is the less stressful option.

Read more – How to get into London from Heathrow Airport or Gatwick Airport

You will find many places that offer free WiFi in the UK including shopping centres, coffee shops and trains. When booking your accommodation check if free WiFi is included.

If you have an unlocked smartphone consider purchasing a SIM card prior to departure or on arrival at the airport. Another great option is to purchase a portable WiFi device such as the Solis from Skyroam . Quote Tracys Travels at the checkout for a 15% discount. Unfortunately, the Solis is only available to purchase in the USA at the present time.

An alternate option is to purchase a portable device through TravelWifi.

We recommend these apps for London and the UK – just remember to download them before you travel.

Read more – How to access the Internet while travelling in the UK

The UK currency is the Pound Stirling – £

Read – How Should I Bring Money to the UK? A Complete Guide to Cash & Cards

You will find ATM’s all around the UK if you need to withdraw cash though be mindful of currency charges and fees.

Visa and Mastercard are accepted in most places (shops, restaurants, transport etc)

There are 1p 2p 5p 10p 50p £1 £2 and £5 coins as well as notes in the following denominations – £5, £10, £20, £50 and £100.

Contactless transactions are available up to a £30 value (after a number of taps you will be required to enter your pin number so ensure you know what it is!) Ensure you have told your bank of your travel plans prior to departure to prevent them from blocking your card for suspicious usage!

I do recommend carrying some cash. I usually keep £50 worth of notes and change in my wallet.

I have a Wise account (formally Transferwise ) and Wise Mastercard which I use as well as my normal credit cards when I am in the UK. The Wise Mastercard works like a debit card and can be loaded up with your home currency and converted into £££’s when required.

It avoids the charges you would incur using credit cards or your normal bank debit card and is an easy way to handle spending money when travelling.

The exchange rate is excellent and you can hold a number of currencies on your card. At the end of the trip you can transfer any unused currency back into your bank account.

Click here for more information about the Wise card *

If you need to take prescription medications with you on holiday make sure you have enough for the duration of your trip.

If necessary keep a copy of the script with you too in case of an emergency.

I recommend keeping essential medicines in your hand luggage. Although it is rare these days there are still cases of luggage going missing and arriving a few days late (or not at all)

Click to buy – UK Travel Toolkit the perfect resource to organise and track your itinerary

We start packing a few days before our flight just to make sure we have everything and give us time to purchase any last-minute necessities.

Also, consider carefully the type and amount of luggage you plan to bring. If you are travelling by public transport it will be a little a lot more difficult with lots of large suitcases.

Check out my recommended packing list for the UK (for all seasons) which will provide an idea of what to bring as well as recommendations for suitcases and travel bags.

Essentials for your UK packing list include the following items

Guide Book

Read more – Complete packing list for London and the UK (all seasons) & also check out my UK Travel Packing Essentials

This is my suggested timeline for planning and booking your UK travel itinerary.

6 – 12 months in advance

  • Plan your itinerary
  • Book International flights
  • Take out travel insurance
  • Book accommodation (for popular destinations if you are visiting during peak times)

3 – 6 months in advance

  • Book accommodation
  • Book transport (car hire/ train tickets are available 3 months prior)
  • Consider booking attractions and tours (especially if travel is during peak season)

1 month in advance

  • Book attractions and tours and any restaurants you particularly want to visit
  • Book airport transfer
  • Buy an Oyster card for London (posted to your home address)
  • Buy a Sim card or wifi device for internet access
  • Purchase any essential items such as travel adaptors now
  • Complete travel planner with all booking information, numbers and essential information.

1 day in advance

  • Email or provide hard copies of your itinerary to family members/friends

Start planning your UK trip – step by step

My step by step guide may have given you lots to think about but if you follow each of the 10 steps you will find the process easier and less overwhelming.

My guide to the best booking sites for UK travel also contains useful links and information which compliments and adds to this post.

Why not pop over and join our Facebook community and discover more inspiration, tips and advice to make the most of your UK holiday.

Find more ways to get help planning your UK trip here

London Travel Guide and itinerary planner.

IMAGES

  1. LONDON Travel Checklist & Travel Itinerary Printable Travel Planner

    trip to london planner

  2. BEST of London in One Day: Detailed Itinerary (+Map & Tips)

    trip to london planner

  3. London Travel Guide and Itinerary Planner

    trip to london planner

  4. London Travel Planner : Travel Organizer and Vacation Planner for 28

    trip to london planner

  5. How to Plan a Trip to London in 10 Easy Steps

    trip to london planner

  6. The London Guide (Plus a 4-Day Itinerary!)

    trip to london planner

VIDEO

  1. Post-Trip (London, Confuzzled) review

  2. LONDON VIEWS

  3. The Formation, The Hype Everything Ate!!! ♥️✨ #shorts #weddingseason #african

  4. London First Job Day

  5. 🌍 Top 10 Best Places to Visit in London

  6. ট্রেন ঢুকছে লন্ডনের এক মেট্রো স্টেশনে। 👮‍♂️ #travel # metro # shorts #shortfeed

COMMENTS

  1. The Ultimate Cheat Sheet for Your First Trip to London

    Westminster Abbey is open to visitors Monday-Saturday from 9:30 a.m until 3:30 p.m. The Abbey is closed on Sundays so keep this in mind when planning your London trip. Use your London Pass to gain access to Westminster. Once inside, admire the architecture and the Abbey's gorgeous choir room.

  2. London trip planner: make a London itinerary & map

    Plan on the go with our free travel app. Keep your places to visit, flight/hotel reservations, and day-by-day itineraries for your trip to London in our web and mobile app vacation planner.

  3. 3 Days in London: Our Perfect 3 Day London Itinerary

    A 3 day London itinerary to help you spend a perfect 3 days in London. Our 3 day London itinerary helps you see the highlights of London and helps you with planning your 3 days in London. Our itinerary includes London's most famous attractions (e.g., Tower of London, Windsor Castle) as well as some of the city's lesser known attractions. In addition to the 3 day itinerary, we also provide tips ...

  4. London Itinerary: How to Spend 6 Days in London

    London Itinerary Day 2 - Along the River Thames. Today we'd suggest heading back into central London and focusing on sites located along the famous River Thames, London's main river and the longest river in England. The Day 2 itinerary takes you to more of London's most historic and iconic sites and attractions.

  5. 4 Days in London: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visitors)

    Discover all my articles about London: All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there. London: Top 20 best things to do; 2 days in London - The perfect itinerary for 48h! 3 Days in London - The best 72h itinerary; 4 Days in London - The defitinive guide to plan your trip

  6. London Itinerary: Where to Go in 7 Days by Rick Steves

    Day 1. 9:00 Tower of London (crown jewels first, then Beefeater tour and White Tower; note that on Sundays and Mondays, the Tower opens at 10:00). 13:00 Grab a picnic, catch a boat at Tower Pier, and relax with lunch on the Thames while cruising to Westminster Pier. 14:30 Tour Westminster Abbey, and consider their evensong service (usually at ...

  7. 5 Day London Itinerary for First-Time Visitors

    This 5 day London itinerary for first time visitors suggests what you can see and do in such a time frame - though, of course, it's only for guidance. What your 5 day London trip focuses on is of course a matter of personal preference. That said, there are sights in London that few first-timers would want to miss.

  8. London in Five Days: Itinerary with Free Maps

    London in Five days. Planning to visit London in five days is a great idea, as you will be able to explore London´s best attractions as well as London´s best museums and parks. The following five day itinerary to see London has been designed to include some of London's top attractions, like Big Ben , London Eye , Westminster Abbey , The ...

  9. London Planner

    LONDON PLANNER. DISCOVER THE OFFICIAL GUIDE. Find some Inspiration. Feature. June 25, 2024. Go round the Houses with a Palace of Westminster tour. Book an official tour of the Palace of Westminster this summer to go behind the scenes and experience the awe and wonder of hundreds of years of fascinating history! Feature.

  10. 2 Days in London Itinerary

    Recommended Reading for Planning Your London Itinerary. I've written a host of guides about London (check out the full collection here) but I would particularly recommend reading these before your trip. One Day in London: To help you plan an even shorter trip to the city! Five Days in London: In case you decide you want to stay longer.

  11. 7 Day London Itinerary: Plan a Perfect Week in London

    Day Seven - Day Trip. If you have one week in London, you should have enough time to plan at least one day trip. Popular day trips include Windsor Castle, Stonehenge, Oxford, or Bath. You can visit Oxford or Bath as a day trip by train on your own, or book a guided Stonehenge and Bath day trip.

  12. Perfect London Itinerary

    Day 1: London's Main Sights. Day 1 of this London itinerary will show you around London's main sites so that you can be sure you see all the important things from the beginning! You may be tired and jet-lagged today, but it's important to push through! If you sadly, only have one day in London, I recommend starting with this day's ...

  13. Visit London

    A trip to London wouldn't be complete without experiencing London's most iconic attractions, famous shows and exciting tours. ... Plan your visit to coincide with top London events, from annual festivals to public holidays and sporting spectacles. Find out what's on in London now, or search for key events each month.

  14. Planning Your London Trip: A Travel Guide

    Travel Tip: London is a very walkable city and one of the best ways to see different areas is to go by foot.Plan your days by neighborhood or general area, and stroll from attraction to attraction to make the most of your experience. For example, see Kensington Palace, Hyde Park and Notting Hill in the same day, or hit up the Tower of London, St. Paul's Cathedral and the Tate Modern in one swing.

  15. A London Itinerary By a Local (5 Days Perfectly Planned)

    London Itinerary Planning Tips Tip #1 - Plan Activities Based By Area and Day Of The Week. ... If I could give you any piece of advice before your trip to London, I would say to visit London at the right time of year and make sure you are prepared for the weather. London is known for having unpredictable weather at times, especially with the ...

  16. The Perfect 4 Day London Itinerary for First Timers (2023)

    Day 3: Westminster Abbey, Big Ben, House of Parliament, and Trafalgar Square. Start off the next day of this 4 day London itinerary by checking out some of the most iconic sights in London's West End: Big Ben, Parliament, and Westminster Abbey. For first time visitors to London, these are a must!

  17. 7 day London itinerary for first time visitors

    You can also take a day-trip bus from London, which takes around two and a half hours. Tickets are required to see Stonehenge, for which you will be given a set arrival time, it is therefore advised to book in advance. Admission: £17.50 when booking in advance. Opening hours: 9.30 am to 7.00 pm.

  18. London Trip Planner

    As I mentioned earlier, London's tourist attractions are spread out all over a vast area. My London Trip Plan shows you how to see London's attractions efficiently by traveling to different sections of London each day, seeing the attractions in that particular section, rather than zig-zagging all over this huge city, robbing you of your valuable vacation time.

  19. London travel planner

    Step 3 - Book flights and organise travel insurance 🛫. Step 3 is planning how you will get to London. If you are in North America, Asia, Africa or Australia/New Zealand the answer is generally by air. (Unless the UK is the start or end point for a cruise or you are travelling overland by train or bus)

  20. London Holiday Planner

    London in one day with kids - Here are a few itinerary ideas if you're planning on taking your kids to London for just one day to visit some family attractions 2. London in two days - Two days will give you just enough time to visit most of the famous sights and a few of the popular tourist attractions if you time it right 9. London in two ...

  21. London trip planner: make a London itinerary & map

    Plan on the go with our free travel app. With Wanderlog's mobile travel planner on Android and iOS, access and edit your trips wherever you go — even while offline. Keep your places to visit, flight/hotel reservations, and day-by-day itineraries for your trip to London in our web and mobile app vacation planner.

  22. London Travel Planning

    We are here to help you turn that dream into a reality! Our London travel tips, guides, resources, and itineraries are designed to answer all your questions and make planning your trip easy and fun. We aim to remove the overwhelm from planning your visit and help you make the most of your time in London. > START PLANNING YOUR TRIP.

  23. Episode 106 Guide to the London Pass with Daryl Bennett

    In episode 106 of the UK Travel Planning Podcast, Tracy sits down with Daryl Bennett from GoCity to explore everything you need to know about the London Pass. Whether you're planning a trip to London or just curious about the perks of this multi-attraction pass, this episode has you covered.

  24. UK trip planner (How to plan your UK Trip

    Step 3 - Start your research. Once you have decided when you will visit, for how long and your budget the next step is to research what you want to see and do in the UK. Considering which airport you will fly into from your country of origin may also influence your plans as well as your proposed length of stay.

  25. Plan a journey

    TfL Cycle Sundays. Get cycling with leisurely routes perfect for Sundays. Plan your journey across the TfL network. Journey planner for Bus, Tube, London Overground, DLR, Elizabeth line, National Rail, Tram, River Bus, IFS Cloud Cable Car, Coach.

  26. Is it safe to travel to London now in 2024?

    It would be interesting to know what the news sources are that you are referring to are. But a couple of points: 1. It may be that on any given day you can find a story of a crime in London - but its a city of somewhere either side of 10 million people (depending on where you stop counting). I assume that you don't refuse to get in a car because on any given day there is a car crash somewhere ...